Industrial Controller KS 90-1/DP KS 92-1/DP KS 90 ... · KS 90-1 KS 92-1 Industrial Controller KS...
Transcript of Industrial Controller KS 90-1/DP KS 92-1/DP KS 90 ... · KS 90-1 KS 92-1 Industrial Controller KS...
KS 90-1KS 92-1
Industrial Controller KS 90-1/DPKS 92-1/DP
KS 90-1programmer/DP,KS 92-1programmer/DP
Interface DescriptionPROFIBUS - DP
Parameter transmission9499 040 65311
valid from: 8422
SIMATIC® is a registered trademark of Siemens AGSTEP® is a registered trademark of Siemens AG
® is a registered trademark ofPROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation (PNO)
DAC® is a patented method and a registered trademarkof Regeltechnik Kornwestheim GmbHSyCon® is a registered trademark of
Hilscher Gesellschaft für Systemautomation GmbHBluePort® is a registered trademark of
PMA Prozeß- und Maschinen-Automation GmbHBlueControl® is a registered trademark of
PMA Prozeß- und Maschinen-Automation GmbH
© 2005 PMA Prozeß- und Maschinen-Automation GmbH� Printed in GermanyAll rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or published in any form
or by any means without prior written permission from the copyright owner.
A publication of PMA Prozeß- und Maschinen Automation GmbHP.O. 310229
D-34058 KasselGermany
Explanation of symbols
g General informationa General warningl Attention: ESD sensitive devices
KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP 3
Contents
1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.1 GSD file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.2 Engineering Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2 Parameter transmission for DPV0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1 Message elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.2 General communication structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.3 Data write procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.4 Data read procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.5 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.5.1 Example 1: single access, read, integer value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.5.2 Example 2: Block access, read, float value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.5.3 Example 3: Single access, write, integer value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112.5.4 Example 4: Block access, write, float value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3 Getting started with SIMATIC�
S7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.1 Simple access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.2 Direct access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4 Function blocks for SIMATIC® S7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.1 FB106, FB107 structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5 Parameter transmission in DPV1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
5.1 Connection to DPV1 master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5.1.1 Hints for setting up the DP master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195.1.2 Available acyclical connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.2 Acyclical services Read, Write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.2.1 Read service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205.2.2 Write service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215.2.3 Data type and data format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215.2.4 Negative response telegram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225.2.5 Address structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
6 BlueControl®
via PROFIBUS-DPV1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
6.1 CIF card setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
6.2 BlueControl® settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
7 Address formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
7.1 Area definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
7.2 Special values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
7.2.1 Composition of the address tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277.2.2 Internal data types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
8 Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
4 KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP
9 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
10 Address tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
10.1 Explanations for program addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1 General
Thank you very much for deciding for the industrial controller KS 90-1/DP / KS 92-1/DP respectively forthe programmer KS 90-1programmer/DP / KS 92-1programmer/DP.The KS 90-1 format is 48x96 mm, theKS 92-1 format is 96x96 mm. The products are signified as "device" or “instrument” in the following text.
The instruments are equipped with a PROFIBUS-DP interface for transmission of process, parameter andconfiguration data. Connection is on the controller rear. The serial communication interface permitsconnection to supervisory systems, PC’s, visualization tools, etc.
The possibilities of acyclical transmission of parameters, process data, etc. in the cyclical process datachannel are described in this documentation. This feature is called parameter channel.Possibilities for instrument connection, process data channel structure and special KS 90-1 / KS 92-1instrument functions are described in documentation “Interface description PROFIBUS-DP Process data”(9499-040-66611)”.
1.1 GSD fileThe actual version of the GSD-file you can find on the homepage www.pma-online.de keyword software..The GSD-file is valid for both KS 90-1 and KS 92-1 as well as the programmer version of both.
g The GSD file is available as a standard file with English texts (PMA29402.gsd) and withGerman texts (PMA29402.gsg). For working with German texts with your PROFIBUS masterconfiguration, please, install file PMA29402.gsg.
g Instruments from series date 8406 require GSD file PMA29402.gs* for using the DPV1functionality.
1.2 Engineering SetFor easy comissioning there is an engineering set KS 90-1/DP (order-no.. 9407-999-10501). It can be usedwith KS 90-1 as well as with KS 92-1.
The Engineering set comprises:
w Interface description for PROFIBUS-DP – Process DataDocument ”Interface description PROFIBUS-DP Process Data” (9499-040-66611) provides basicexplanations for connection of KS 90-1/DP to PROFIBUS-DP networks. It contains hints for cyclicalprocess data exchange.
w Interface description for PROFIBUS-DP Parameter DataDocument ”Interface description PROFIBUS-DP Parameter Data” (9499-040-65311) describesadditional functions for transfer of process values, parameters and configuration data via theparameter channel
w Floppy with GSD-data, example projects for Siemens STEP7-environment and Hilscher CIF/Syconapplications, functionblocks for parameterchannel transmission with S7-environment.
Pma29402.gsd GSD-file (English texts)
Pma29402.gsg GSD-file (German texts)
Pma_sup.arj Function module for STEP®
7 as library
KS90demo.zip Project example in STEP®
7 for S7-300
DevKS901.bct Configuration example for BlueControl®
KS90cifV0.pb Configuration example for CIF�-interf.
KS90cifV1.pb Configuration example for CIF�-interf.
General
KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP 5 GSD file
3,5-Diskette (A:)
Ks901dp
Gsd
Example
S7_fb
Cif
2 Parameter transmission for DPV0
For transmission of parameters, the ‘parameter channel’ via which data can be exchanged transparentlyvia the function block protocol independent of controller is available. Thereby, all protocol access typesare supported (single or block access, data formats integer (FixPoint or floating point). Communication tothe controller is transparent, i.e. the user himself is responsible for monitoring adjustment ranges,operating modes (remote/local) etc.The parameter channel is designed for large data quantities with low requirements on the transmissionspeed.This message is handled during cyclical process data exchange (also called DPV0 (=standard) operation).
Parameter channel Access to process, parameter and configuration data is possible via the parameter channel. These dataare transmitted on request over several cycles.The user can set up parameter channel transmission by selecting plug & GO module A.4 in its PROFIBUSconfiguration (see also documentation 9499-040-66611). Configuration is via the bus master busconfiguration tool.
Module A.4: General- Parameter channel:1)
Parameter channel module-ID: F3hex/ 243dezReading Bytes Writing BytesReply data 8 Requested data 8
Parameter transmission for DPV0
Engineering Set 6 KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP
channel
Fig.: 1 Parameter channel schematic drawing
Fig.: 2 Hardware configuration example for SIMATIC®
S7
1) Please note the necessary consistency data transmission!
2.1 Message elementsSome terms which are explained below are used in the following paragraphs:
Element DescriptionID Telegram type identification
ID1 Data format of the transmitted or received dataRd.Cnt Number of data which can be read
Adr.High Start address High-ByteAdr.Low Start address Low-ByteCnt. Real Number of float data which can be writtenCnt. Int Number of integer data which can be written
IDThe element ID identifies the telegram type: ID = 0x10 (16dez) = Start telegram
ID = 0x68 (104dez) = Data telegramID = 0x16 (22dez) = End telegram
ID1The element ID1 identifies the data format: ID1 = 0 = Integer
ID1 = 1, 3 = FloatID1 = 2 = single character(char)ID1 = 4 = character in compact format
Integer format(0) Data are transmitted as 2 integer bytes in the data telegram. The start address determines, if these dataare integer, FixPoint1, FixPoint2 or FixPoint3 values. With a start address defined in the float addressrange, it will be converted into the corresponding integer range.
Float format(1,3) Data are transmitted as 4 bytes with floating decimal point in the data telegram. Unless a start addressin the float address range is defined, the start address is converted into the corresponding float range.
Character format(2) Data are transmitted as 1 character byte in the data telegram. Unless a start address in the integeraddress range is defined, the start address is converted into the corresponding integer range.
Compact character for-mat(4)
Data are transmitted as 4 character bytesin the data telegram. Unless a start address in the integeraddress range is defined, the start address is converted into the corresponding integer range. Unuseddigits in the data telegram are filled with value 0x00.
Rd.Cnt Rd.Cnt defines the number of data to be read in the selected format (ID1).
g For this, data Cnt.Real and Cnt.Int must be zero.
Adr.High/Adr.Low Fields Adr.High and Adr.Low define the start address of data to be defined. The address is divided into ahigh byte and a low byte.
g Example: The integer value of the address for set-point SP is 3180dec , as float value, itsaddress is 39128dec.
Name Value in decimalformat
Value in hex format
Format Adr. dez. Adr. hex Adr.High Adr.Low Adr.High Adr.Low
SP Integer 3180 0C6C 12 108 0C 6C
SP Float 39128 98D8 152 216 98 D8
Parameter transmission for DPV0
KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP 7 Message elements
Cnt.Real Value defined for the number of real values to be written (ID1 = 1, 3). The value for Cnt.Int must be 0.
Cnt.Int Value defined for the number of integer values to be written (ID1 = 0, 2, 4). The value for Cnt.Real must be0.
2.2 General communication structureFor transmission of the required parameters via an 8-byte data window, the access comprises start, dataand end telegram. The messages to be sent by the master are shown below.
g Please, note that consistent data transmission of 8 bytes for the parameter channel is required.
Start telegram q Start telegram with specification of data format, start address and number to be transmitted.
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7ID ID1 Rd.Cnt Adr.High Adr.Low 0 Cnt. Real Cnt. Int
Data telegram q n Data blocks with data to be transmittedStructure of data telegram:a) Transmission of floating point values (ID1 = 1,3)
format floatByte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7
ID Count Float
b) Transmission of integer values (ID1 = 0)format integer
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7ID Count Integer
c) Transmission of Char values (ID1 = 2)format character
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7ID Count Char
d) Transmission of four characters (ID1 = 4)format string
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7ID Count Char Char+1 Char+2 Char+3
g The byte sequence for float and integer formats is as Motorola (default) or Intel format according to theuser parameter setting. See also document “SB PROFIBUS-DP process data” (9499-040-66611).
End telegram q an end block, provides the result of the operationEnd telegram structure:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7ID Result
Signification of Result0 OK2 erroneous address3 invalid value4 buffer overflow
A read or write operation is always started by the master. If the values of Cnt.Real or Cnt.Int � 0, a write,otherwise a read service is started; a value Rd.Cnt � 0 is a prerequisite of the latter.
Parameter transmission for DPV0
General communication structure 8 KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP
2.3 Data write procedureq Start telegram:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7
Master sends: 0x10 ID1 0 Adr.High. Adr.Low 0 Cnt.Real1)
Cnt.Int1)
Controllerreplies:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7
0x10
q Data telegrams:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
Master sends: 0x68 Count Value
Controller Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
replies: 0x68 Count
Thereby, the first value is sent with Count = 1, for flow checking, Count is mirrored by KS 90-1/DP (1 �
Count � Cnt.Real rsp. Cnt.Int ).
q End telegram:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
Master sends: 0x16
Controller Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2-3 Byte 4 - 7
replies: 0x16 Result
2.4 Data read procedureq Start telegram:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7
Master sends: 0x10 ID1 Rd.Cnt Adr.High Adr.Low 0 0 0
Controllerreplies:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7
0x10 Cnt.Real1)
Cnt.Int1)
q Data telegrams:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
Master sends: 0x68 Count
Controller Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
replies: 0x68 Count Value
With Count = 1, the first value is requested, for flow control, Count is mirrored by the controller and thevalue is also sent ( 1 � Count � Cnt.Real resp. Cnt.Int).
Parameter transmission for DPV0
KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP 9 Data write procedure
1) Selection: only one of values Cnt.Real and Cnt.Int may be � 0.
q End telegram:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
Master sends: 0x16
Controller Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2-3 Byte 4 - 7
replies: 0x16 Result
2.5 Examples
2.5.1 Example 1: single access, read, integer value
The controller proportional band 1 (Pb1) is to be read out in FixPoint1format (address = 13192dec).
Start telegramm:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7
Master sends: 0x10 0x0 0x1 0x33 0x88 0 0 0
Controllerreplies:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7
0x10 0 1
Data telegram 1:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
Master sends: 0x68 1
Controller Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
replies: 0x68 1 Value
End telegram:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
Master sends: 0x16
Regler Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2-3 Byte 4 - 7
replies: 0x16 0
2.5.2 Example 2: Block access, read, float value
The set-point adjustment parameters (SP.Lo , SP.Hi, SP.2, r.SP ) are to be read in float format(address = 38968dec , 4 values).
Start telegram:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7
Master sends: 0x10 0x1 0x4 0x98 0x38 0 0 0
Controllerreplies:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7
0x10 4 0
Data telegram 1:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
Master sends: 0x68 1
Parameter transmission for DPV0
Examples 10 KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP
Controller Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
replies: 0x68 1 Value…Data telegram 4:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
Master sends: 0x68 4
Controller Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
replies: 0x68 4 Value
End telegram:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
Master sends: 0x16
Controller Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2-3 Byte 4 - 7
replies: 0x16 0
2.5.3 Example 3: Single access, write, integer value
Derivative action time 1 (td1) of the controller shall be written in integer format(address = 5004dec).
Start telegram:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7
Master sends: 0x10 0x0 0x0 0x13 0x8C 0 0 1
Controllerreplies:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7
0x10
Data telegram 1:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
Master sends: 0x68 1 Value
Controller Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
replies: 0x68 1
End telegram:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
Master sends: 0x16
Controller Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2-3 Byte 4 - 7
replies: 0x16 0
Parameter transmission for DPV0
KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP 11 Examples
2.5.4 Example 4: Block access, write, float value
The parameters of limit value 1 (L.1, H.1, HYS.1) shall be written in float format (address = 36968dec, 3values).
Start telegram:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7
Master sends: 0x10 0x1 0x0 0x90 0x68 0 3 0
Controllerreplies:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7
0x10
Data telegram 1:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
Master sends: 0x68 1 Value
Controller Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
replies: 0x68 1…Data telegram 3:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
Master sends: 0x68 3 Value
Controller Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
replies: 0x68 3
End telegram:
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 - 7
Master sends: 0x16
Controller Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2-3 Byte 4 - 7
replies: 0x16 0
Parameter transmission for DPV0
Examples 12 KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP
3 Getting started with SIMATIC� S7
The disk enclosed in the engineering set contains the GSD file and project examples for a SIMATIC® S7.Communication with a process controller can be built up easily by means of configuration and project.
Test environmentThe following components are required for the exemplary test set-up:w Programming unit (PG) or PC with PC adaptorw Programming tool STEP®7 � V5.0w PLCe.g. CPU S7 315-2 DP, latest revision
Components w KS 90-1/DP, (e.g. order no. KS90-100-2000D-000)w Sub-D adaptor (e.g. order no. 9407-998-07001)w Engineering set (e.g. order no. 9407 999 10511)w Cable
- PROFIBUS cable PLC i KS90-1/DP with PROFIBUS connector and integrated terminationresistors
- PG i PLC
Test environment example:Task w A KS 90-1/DP with address 5 shall be connected to CPU315-2 DP via PROFIBUS-DP.
w The parameter channel shall be set up. For this, process data module A.4 must be included.
g Before take the test environment into operation, you should ensure that the PLC do not contain any usersoftware (”clear/reset”).
Procedure:
w Make the connections (PROFIBUS)w Configure the instruments
- Load the example engineering from the floppy into KS 90-1/DP- Adjust address 5 to KS 90-1/DP (via front keys or BlueControl
®
)- connect instruments to PROFIBUS network- Activate the bus termination resistors.
Procedure w PROFIBUS-network configuration- Insert disk (Engineering Set) into PG.- Retrieve the example project (A:\KS901DP\S7_FB\EXAMPLE\KS90demo.zip)- Open project KS90-1demo.- if necessary adapt addresses and CPU hardware configuration and download it to the DP master
(CPU315-2 DP).- Switch PLC to run mode.
After taking the test set-up into operation, testing the parameter channel by means of the variable tables(VAT 2, VAT3) enclosed in the project is possible.
Getting started with SIMATIC�
S7
KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP 13 Examples
3.1 Simple accessAccess to the parameter channel is possible using a simplified input function via variable table VAT2. Inthe program example, the relevant conversions in FC104 are carried out, i.e. only the following valuesmust be defined for manual data transmission:w Read / write selectionw Data type selectionw Start address definitionw Number of data to be transmittedw Execution start
For data transmission testing, proceed as follows:Procedure w Select, if you want to read or to write data (0 or 1)
w Select the transmission data type (integer, float, character; 0,1,2)w Specify a start address; if you have adjusted a float transmission, you should define the address in
hex format.w Select the number of data to be transmitted with Count.w Define Wrrite values within DB37.Dxxx; as a word or double word dependent of selected data type.w Start message handling with value Start = 1.w The message is finished, if the result is 0x0002 (positive) or 0x0004 (negative). Read values are
within DB37.Dxxx.Result
Display word shows the current status of transmission for the selected data range. The structure of thedisplay word is:
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Tim
eout
(FB)
Faul
tyse
rvic
e
000 : ok010 : faulty address011 : invalid value100: buffer overflow
wai
tfor
end
tele
gram
Serv
ice
(0=R
ead;
1=W
rite)
Rese
tord
er
wai
tfor
ackn
owle
dgem
ent
Ord
erfin
ishe
dw
ithfa
ult
Ord
erfin
ishe
dw
ithou
tfa
ult
Ord
erbu
sy
Getting started with SIMATIC�
S7
Simple access 14 KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP
read, float
read 4 values
address
result
read access
start
result values
Fig. 3 : VAT 2: Example for simple parameter operation, here: read 4 real values
3.2 Direct accessAlternatively, direct access to function blocks FB106, FB107 (see below) via variable table VAT3 ispossible.
For parameter description, see chapter 4.1.
Getting started with SIMATIC�
S7
KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP 15 Direct access
read, integer
read 1 value
address
result
read access
start
result value
Fig. 4 : Example for direct access to the FBs of the parameter channel
4 Function blocks for SIMATIC® S7
S7 function blocks FB106 (PMA-FIX) and FB107 (PMA float) are used for easy access to parameter andconfiguration data of KS 90-1.Calling up the FB is indispensable when starting an order and as long as the order is active.Dependent of S7-CPU and DP master, there are differences in the I/O handling. When using the on-boardDP interface of a CPU315-2 DP, SFC modules 14 and 15 must be used for transmitting data consistently.SFC modules 14 and 15 copy the I/O areas into the marker or data module area. When using an externalCP’ (CP 342-5 DP), the relevant SEND and RECEIVE FB’s at the cycle start and end must be used. The FBhas an instance DB which must be specified with function block call.Every FB has an instance DB, which must also be specified when calling up the FB.
4.1 FB106, FB107 structureFunction blocks FB106, FB107 have the call parameters given below. In FB106, the data are stored in wordwidth in the associated data block, in double word width with FB107.
Name Typ Description / function
A-Anfang PointerStart address range of output words (e.g. address of data range ‘RECORD’ of SFC 15, Ax, y when using anexternal CP). When specifying a data word, the DB no. must also be transmitted (e.g. DB4.DBX0.0).
E-Anfang PointerStart address range of input words (e.g. adress data range ‘RECORD’ of SFC 15, Ex, y when using anexternal CP). When specifying a data word, the DB no. must also be transmitted (e.g. DB4.DBX0.0).
DB-Para Pointer
Specification of data block with the parameter data. Entry comprises the data block no. and the dataword no. where the parameter data start. Thereby, no offset needs to be taken into account. The data areinterpreted as parameter data by the specified address. Specification of the DB must be in the followingform, e.g. DB6.DBX10.0
Service WORD Service (Read/Write)Code_nr WORD Read access: number of values to be read
FB_nr WORD Address, high byteFKT_nr WORD Address, low byte
Typ WORD d.c. (always ‘0’)
Timeout DWORDTimeout value, is decremented at each call. With a value = 1, the order is cancelled with error message‘timeout’.
DWLR WORD Length of real values; definition when writingDWLI WORD Length of integer values; definition when writingDWLC WORD Length of Char values; definition when writing
ANZW WThe display word shows the current status of transmission for the selected data range. The display wordstructure is:
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Tim
eout
(FB)
Faul
tyse
rvic
e
000 : ok010 : faultyaddress011 : invalid value
100: buffer overflow
wai
tfor
end
tele
gram
Serv
ice
(0=R
ead;
1=W
rite)
Rese
tord
er
wai
tfor
ackn
owle
dgem
ent
Ord
erfin
ishe
dw
ithfa
ult
Ord
erfin
ishe
dw
ithou
tfa
ult
Ord
erbu
sy
The function module reads or writes KS 90-1/DP parameter/configuration data.w A-Anfang, E-Anfang
Enter the input addresses or output addresses of the parameter channel in these parameters. Theaddresses are determined when configuring the PROFIBUS unit.(STEP 7 - hardware configuration)
w DB-ParaDB-Para is a pointer to the data module into which read data are written or from whichdata are removed when writing..
Function blocks for SIMATIC® S7
FB106, FB107 structure 16 KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP
w ServiceThis parameter determines the access mode (write / read).
Write access: F0 = Integer Read access: 0 = IntegerF1 = Real 1 = RealF2 = Char 2 = Char
w Code_nrWith read accesses, Code_nr defines the the number of data to be read. In this case, the dataDWLR, DWLI, DWLC must be zero. When writing, Code_nr = 0 must be set.
w FB_nrSpecify the high byte of the parameter to be addressed.Example: parameter L.1, address 2100dec = 0834hex
FB_nr contains: 08hex = 8decFKT_nr contains: 34hex = 52dec
w FKT_nrSpecify the low byte of the parameter to be addressed.
w
w DWLR (Real), DWLI (Integer), DWLC (Char)These parameters contain the relevant number of received data after a read access. With a writeaccess, the relevant number of data to be transmitted is specified. Only one of these parameters maycontain a value � 0.
w ANZWThis display word provides the mapping for the current transmission status. Bit 4 can be used as aninput for resetting the B 206 / FB 207.
Function blocks for SIMATIC® S7
KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP 17 FB106, FB107 structure
5 Parameter transmission in DPV1
In a first extension (DPV1), the standard PROFIBUS functions were completed by standard functions foracyclical parameter reading and writing. Thus e.g. slave parameter changing during operation is possible.This acyclical data communication is in parallel to the cyclical data exchange, but with lower priority, inthe remaining time of the programmed communication cycle.
The instrument supports DPV1 functions. Additionally, loading a complete engineering into theinstrument or reading it from the instrument into the PC are possible using PROFIBUS-DPV1 viaBlueControl®. In this way, central engineering stations can be built up, e.g. without transferring the datae.g. via a PLC.
From DP firmware version � V2.0, the imstrument supports:
q an acyclical connection class 1 masterq two acyclical connections to class 2 mastersq up to a data length of 240 bytes per communicationq the acyclical services to class 1 master
- Read reading a data block- Write writing a data block- Alarm explicitly acknowledged alarm which is transmitted from instrument to
the master- Alarm_Ack The master acksnowledges reception of an alarm
q the acyclical services to class 2 master- Read reading a data block- Write writing a data block- Initiate build-up of a data connection to instrument- Abort build-up of data connection to instrument
Parameter transmission in DPV1
FB106, FB107 structure 18 KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP
PROFIBUS
PLC operating
station
engineering-
station
DPV0 - cyclic DPV1 - acyclic DPV1 - acyclic
master class 1 master class 2master class 2
tokentoken
token
Fig.: 5 DPV1 Connecting possibilities
5.1 Connection to DPV1 masterThe two classes of PROFIBUS-DP masters are:
Class 1 master w Class 1 master (DPM1):With a class 1 master, fast changing process data are exchanged cyclically with the associatedslaves, e.g. KS 90-1/DP. Typical class 1 masters are PLCs, Soft PLCs (PC) or supervisory systems.
Class 2 master w Class 2 master (DPM2):Acyclical access to slaves in the PROFIBUS network is possible by class 2 masters. These slaves canbe allocated to another class 1 master. Examples are operating systems and engineering stationswhich exchange data with slaves only on request.
Multi-master,Mono-master
w Systems with more than one master integrated in a PROFIBUS network are called multi-mastersystems. A typical case is a PLC as a class 1 master for processing of the decentral data and a PC asan operating/engineering station (class 2 master).Systems with only one master are called mono-master systems.
5.1.1 Hints for setting up the DP master
For smooth operation, we recommend using the following DP master settings:w The active master supports DPV1 - servicesw Enable the DPV1 functionality at the master and for the selected instrumentw If applicable, specify the max. channel size (240 bytes)w Check or adjust the Token target rotation time.
Token targetrotation time g The Token time (Ttr) must not be too low, otherwise, the acyclic message cannot be handled.
This time defines the maximum available time for one Token rotation, within which all activeDP masters get the permission for bus access once
g When using one or several class 1 masters and one or several class 2 masters in amulti-master system, the token target rotation time must be set to the same value on allmasters, e.g. the sum of all individual times.
g At low Profibus transfer-rates (9.6 bzw. 19.2 kBit/s) the preset target rotation time is to be enlarged atleast by factor 5.
Parameter transmission in DPV1
KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP 19 Connection to DPV1 master
master
class 1
master
class 2
slave 1 slave 2 slave 3
slave 1 slave 2 slave 3 slave 3
token
cycle
cyclic access master 1 acyclic access master 2
Fig.: 6 Token access
a An incorrectly adjusted token target rotation time can cause communication troubles.
transmissiontime
The DPV1 transmission times are determined from Baudrate, overall number of data to be transmitted andsize of data to be transmitted in the addressed instrument. Example: typical values for transmission of aninstrument engineering are within 15 sec. and 3 min.
g For access to an instrument via a class 2 master for acyclical services, the instrument can be allocated toand exchange cyclical data with another class 1 master (e.g. PLC). Thereby, it is unimportant whether theclass 1 master has defined the instrument as DPV0 or DPV1 slave. However, the allocation of theinstrument to another class 1 master is not a prerequisite for acyclical data exchange.
5.1.2 Available acyclical connections
In total, the instrument supports three acyclical connections which can be active simultaneously:
q a class 1 master connectionq max. two class 2 master connections
These connection must be built up and cancelled explicitly using services Initiate and Abort.
5.2 Acyclical services Read, WriteAcyclical services Read and Write can be described only generally in this paragraph.With PROFIBUS DPV1, acyclical data addressing is done using a slot number and an index, which can beused for addressing all data enabled for transmission. The maximum number of transmitted data of 240bytes can be limited by specifying a length.
Before Read and Write service handling, communication must be built up using an initiate command atfirst with a class 2 master. After finishing the transfer, the communication can be stopped by means ofthe abort command.
g Further information is given in the PROFIBUS master manual, or from the PROFIBUS user organizationunder www.profibus.com .
The instrument uses parameters slot number and index for instrument parameter addressing via DPV1. Fordefinitions, see chapter “Address structure”, page 23.
5.2.1 Read service
Service Read (read dataset) comprises a request telegram sent by the master and a reply telegramreturned by the slave after data transfer. In the meantime, the master polls the slave until reception of areply.
Read request Parameters for the request telegram:
Parameter Range SignificationSlot number 0 … 254 Forms the higher byte of the start addressIndex 0 … 254 Forms the lower byte of the start addressLength 1 … 240 Indicates the number of requested bytes
Reply Reply telegram with positive result:
Parameter Range SignificationLength 1 … 240 Actual number of read bytesData Read data bytes
Parameter transmission in DPV1
Acyclical services Read, Write 20 KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP
5.2.2 Write service
The Write service (write dataset) comprises a request telegram sent by the master and a responsetelegram returned by the slave after data transfer. In the meantime, the master polls the slave untilreception of a reply.
Write request Parameters for the request telegram:
Parameter Range SignificationSlot number 0 … 254 Forms the higher byte of the start addressIndex 0 … 254 Forms the lower byte of the start addressLength 1 … 240 Indicates the number of requested bytesData Data bytes to be written
Reply Response telegram with positive result:
Parameter Range Signification
Länge 1 … 240 Actual number of written bytes
5.2.3 Data type and data format
The type of data to be written is determined by the predefined address range (see chapter 7.1).Data type Example:
If you specify address (slot number + index) 2100dec = 0834hex forlow limit value 1 (L.1)
this value and all following ones of this message are transmitted as integer value without digits behindthe decimal point. When specifying 10292dec = 2834hex
for lower limit value 1 (L.1)this value and all following values of this message are transmitted as integer value with one digit behindthe decimal point. When specifying 36968dec = 9068hex
for lower limit value 1 (L.1)this and all following values of this message are transmitted als float value.
Data format The transmitted integer and float values can be different as to the order of bytes. This is Motorola (alsoIEEE 754 - def. for float values) or Intel format. The PROFIBUS standard (IEC 61158) is based on theMotorola format.The applicable rules are:w for class 1 master communication:
- according to the selected definition in the user parameter setting (Motorola or Intel)w for class 2 master communication:
- always Motorola format.
Parameter transmission in DPV1
KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP 21 Acyclical services Read, Write
5.2.4 Negative response telegram
Unless a service can be handled without error, a negative response telegram is returned from the masterto the slave.
Error reply Response telegram with negative result, supported error messages:
Parameter Values Meaning
Erroridentification(Error_Decode)
128dec Describes the protocol system; in this case 128 = DPV1
Error code 1(Error_Code 1)
Error_Class0xAy (10dez)
Application error classError y:0x9 “feature not supported” functionality not supported
Error_Class0xBy (11dez)
Access error classError y;0x0 “invalid index” - faulty address calculation0x2 “invalid slot” - faulty address calculation0xA “MODADR invalid” - faulty address calculation
(faulty index, slot number)0xB “Value_invalid” - values not accepted
(e.g. no write access permitted, out-of-limits)
Error code 2(Error_Code 2)
0x00 Reserved
Parameter transmission in DPV1
Acyclical services Read, Write 22 KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP
5.2.5 Address structure
For addressing individual data, service parameters Slot number and Index are used in common as anaddress. The slot number is formed by the higher address byte, whilst the index is formed by the lowerbyte.Example:
Index � FFhex Parameter Pb1 (proportional band 1) as integer value (without digits behind the decimal point)Address: 5000dez = 1388 hexSlot number: 19dez = 13hexIndex: 136dez = 88
hex
g Since value 255 (FFhex) for Slot and Index according to the PROFIBUS standard is not available,the following conversions are necessary.w Slot number:
No actions are necessary, because no addresses higher than or equal to 65280 (FF00hex) are defined.
w Index:The following conversion are necessary:
� address = xxFFhex� slot number xx
hex& index FF
hex
� set index to 1: 01hex
� add to slot number 80hex
(128dec), the result is the substitute address
Example:Index =FFhex Parameter dEl.3 (alarm delay with limit value 2) as integer value (without digits behind the decimal
point)Address: 2303dez = 08FFhexSlot number: 8dez = 08hexIndex: 255dez = FFhexadd to slot number 80hex (128dez):Slot number: 136dez = 88hexSet index to 1:Index: 1dez = 01hexnew address: 34817dez = 8801hex
The conversion concerns e.g. the following addresses (selection):
Adr (dez) Parameter Function
2303 dEL Lim3
4351 Y_1 Out2
6143 SegTyp05 ProG; 1st program
6655 SegTyp11 ProG; 6th program
6911 Pt05 ProG; 9th program
7167 Pt11 ProG; 11th program
g This address conversion is necessary only, if the start address starts at the addresses listed inthe table. If an access to this adress is made in a block request, conversion is not necessary.
Parameter transmission in DPV1
KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP 23 Acyclical services Read, Write
6 BlueControl® via PROFIBUS-DPV1
The instrument offers the possibility to load a complete engineering into the instrument by means ofBlueControl
®via PROFIBUS-DPV1, or to read it from the instrument into the PC. Thus central engineerings
can be built up, without e.g. transmitting the data via a PLC. A complete engineering, operating functionsand trend recording are possible and can be transmitted.
g From version 1.5, the BlueControl� engineering tool presently supports the PROFIBUS PC cards makeHilscher, e.g. CIF50-PB, CIF60-PB, firmware version � 1.0.71.
g From version 2.4, the BlueControl® engineering tool additionally supports the PROFIBUS PC cards madeby Siemens, e.g. CF5613.
For transmission, settings in the engineering tool and for the PROFIBUS card (Tool SyCon® ) are required.
Following, the necessary settings in the engineering-tool and for the PROFIBUS-card are shown by exampleof a pc-card by Fa. Hilscher.
6.1 CIF card settingCase 1: The instrument is not integrated into a PROFIBUS network.
The CIF card must be initialized with the master address and the baudrate.(for example, see fig. 9.).
Case 2: The instrument is intgrated into a network with other DP masters, e.g. S7.
A free master address must be allocated to the CIF card. The Baudrate already used at the bus must beadjusted. The target rotation time must be adapted and adjusted on all masters connected to thePROFIBUS (s. below). Only the CIF card needs to be defined as C2 master (no instrument required asslave).
Case 3: The instrument is integrated into an engineering with the selected CIF card as a slave.
Access to the instrument is in the form of C1 communication.
Subsequently, the instrument must be connected with the CIF card.
BlueControl®
via PROFIBUS-DPV1
CIF card setting 24 KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP
Fig.: 7 DPV1 - Parameter settings CIF
6.2 BlueControl® settings
w Select the transfer channel to BlueControl® by selecting field “Settings” with PROFIBUS 1 to 4(max. 4 PROFIBUS cards can be fitted in the PC).
w Define the KS 90-1/DP to be selected by specification of the address (PROFIBUS address).
g For transmission from BlueControl�, we recommend using the basic settings for the Hilscher interfacecard:
- Instrument: user parameters- Set Motorola/Intel format to “Motorola = 0” .- Set DP master storage format to “little Endian” (LSB/MSB).
g An engineering download via DPV1 functions is available from DP firmware version 2.0.If building up of a transmission channel by means of the Hilscher interface cards is not possible, thecause may be e.g.:
- The instrument contains an earlier software version ( error message -7).- The instrument is defined as a DPV0 slave and access to the instrument by the engineering tool
is via a class 1 master access (error message 1132).- The maximum channel data length in the DPV1 settings of the instrument is too low (error
message 1132). The instrument is designed for 240 bytes.- There is no communication with the instrument (error message 1129).- The target rotation time is too low (error message 1129).
a Only one engineering tool per instrument at a time may be busy exchanging data.
BlueControl®
via PROFIBUS-DPV1
KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP 25 BlueControl® settings
Fig.: 8 Selecting the transfer channel
7 Address formats
7.1 Area definitionsThe address is coded in 2 bytes ( = 1 word). The 3 most significant bits are used for definition of theformat in which the data are written or read.For BluePort
®devices the following formats are available:
Für Geräte stehen folgende Formate zur Verfügung� Integer� Integer with 1, 2, 3 digit(s)� Floating point format (Float to IEEE)
Address range Data format Transmissiblemin. value
Transmissiblemax. value
Resolution
0x0000 to 0x1FFF Integer without digits behind thedecimal point
-30000 +32000 +/- 1
0x2000 to 0x3FFF Integer with 1 digit behind thedecimal point
-3000.0 +3200.0 +/- 0.1
0x4000 to 0x5FFF Integer with 2 digits behind thedecimal point
-300.00 + 320.00 +/- 0.01
0x6000 to 0x7FFF Integer with 3 3 digits behindthe decimal point
-30.000 + 32.000 +/- 0.001
0x8000 to 0xBFFF Float (IEEE format) -1.0 E+037 +1.0 E+37 +/- 1.4E-45
g With the integer numbers without and with digits behind the decimal point, value range -30000to 32000 is transmitted via the interface. Scaling with factors 1, 10, 100 or 1000 must be done byboth the sender and the receiver.
To make polling and presetting of processdata, parameter- and configurationdata as easy as possible,the relevant ranges are grouped.
g Processdata can be defined multiple in different groupings.
7.2 Special values
With transmission in integer format, the following special values are defined:w -31000 This datum or a dependent value has a sensor failure.w -32500 This datum is not defined. This value is returned by the controller,
if a datum in the block is not defined with a block request..w -32000 The function is switched off.w -32768 Corresponds to 0x8000 hex; the value to be transmitted is out of the transmissible
integer range.
The following special values are defined with transmission in float format:
w -1.5E37 This datum is not defined. This value is returned by the controller,if a datum within the block is not defined with a block request.
g Data with a switch-off value (-32000) are marked “off” in column “Value” of the followingtables.
Address formats
Area definitions 26 KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP
7.2.1 Composition of the address tables
In the address tables shown in Section 5, the addresses for every parameter of the corresponding dataformat are specified in decimal values.The tables are structured as follows:
Name R/W Address Integer Real Type Value/off Descriptionbase1dP
- Name Description of the datum- R/W permitted type of access: R = read, W = write- Address integer Address for integer values- base Integer without decimals- 1 dP Integer with 1 decimal- 2 dP Integer with 2 decimals- 3 dP Integer with 3 decimals- Real Floating point number / Float (IEEE format)- Type internal data type- Value/off permissible value range, switch-off value available- Description Explanations
7.2.2 Internal data types
The following data types are assigned to data used in the device:
w FloatFloating point numberValue range: -1999 ... -0.001, 0, 0.001 ... 9999
w INTPositive whole integer numberValue range: 0 ... 65535Exception: Switch-off value ‘-32000’
w TextText string consisting of n characters, currently defined n = 5Permissible characters: 20H...7FH
w LongPositive whole Long numberValue range: 0 … 99999
w EnumSelection value
Address formats
KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP 27 Special values
8 Terms
BlueControl® Engineering tool software for BluePort® controller
BluePort®- interface interface at the front of the controller to connect an engineering tool
DPV0 zyklischer Datenaustausch, Grundfunktionen
DPV1 azyklische Dienste zusätzlich zu DPV0
ET Abbreviation of engineering tool
Fail-safe behaviour of a device in case of PROFIBUS or bus master fault.
FB Abbreviation of function block
Float Abbreviation of floating point number
FixPoint data format with one fixed decimal point
Fkt Abbreviation for function
Forcing Presetting of input and output values via bus interface
Function a partial function of the function block which is self-contained seen from theinterface
Function block closed sequence unit
GSD file file of instrument data, standardarized description of communication capabilities
HW Abbreviation of hardware
Master Klasse 1 Master, der den zyklischen Nutzdatenaustausch durchführt
Master Klasse 2 Master für Inbetriebnahme und Engineering - Aufgaben
MS0 zyklische Kommunikation zwischen Master Klasse 1 und Slave
MS1 azyklische Kommunikation zwischen Master Klasse 1 und Slave
MS2 azyklische Kommunikation zwischen Master Klasse 2 und Slave
Parameter channel Possibility to transfer data acyclically and sequentially within the cyclic processdata exchange
PG Abbreviation of programming unit
PNO PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation
PROFIBUS-DP Standard communication protocol to IEC 61158 (DP: decentral peripheral units)
Real another term for floating point number
RS485 Standard 2-wire connection, half duplex, (EIA RS 485)
S5 / S7 PLC families of the Siemens AG
Serial interface rear bussable controller interface
SW Abbreviation of software
TTL Signal level at chip level
VAT Variable table: monitoring of values in STEP®7
Terms
Special values 28 KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP
9 Index
Index
KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP 29
IndexAA-Anfang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Abort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Acyclical services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 - 23
Read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Address formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 - 27Adress tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 - 32Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Alarm_Ack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18ANZW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Area definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26BBlueControl® via PROFIBUS-DPV1 . . . . . 24 - 25CClass 1 master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Class 2 master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Code_nr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Composition of the adress tables . . . . . . . . . . 27DData telegram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8DB-Para . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16DP-V0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 12DWLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17DWLI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17DWLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17EE-Anfang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16End telegram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 13
Block access, read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Block access, write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
FFB_nr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17FB106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 - 18FB107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 - 18FKT_nr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Format
Character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Compact character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Gleitkomma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Integer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Function blocks for SIMATIC® S7 . . . . . 16 - 17GGeneral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5IIndex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Initiate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Internal data types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27MMessage element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Adr.High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Adr.Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Cnt.Int. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Cnt.Real . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7ID1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Rd.Cnt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Module A.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Mono-Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Multi-master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19NNegative response telegram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22OOff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26PParameter channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Parameter transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 12Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Data read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Data write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
RRead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18SService . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Simple access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Slot number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Special values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 - 28Start telegram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8TTerms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Transmission
Parameter/configuration data . . . . . . . . . . . 6VVAT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14VAT3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15WWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Index
30 KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP
10 Address tables
The following sections describe the address tables for:� Process controller KS 90-1 / KS 92-1� Programmer KS 90-1programmer / KS 92-1programmer
10.1 Explanations for program addresses
For addressing the programs of the KS 90-1programmer / KS 92-1programmer the following rules shouldbe observed:w The program currently active can be reached by address 6100 f..w The starting addresses of the stored programs start at 6200 f. for program 1, 6300 f. for program 2
....and so on (see table).w The program structure is the same for every program
program start addressesbase 1 dP 2 dP 3dP real
currently runningprogram
6100 14292 22484 30676 44968
Program 1 6200 14392 22584 30776 45168
Program 2 6300 14492 22684 30876 45368
Program 3 6400 14592 22784 30976 45768
Program 4 6500 14692 22884 31076 45968
Program 5 6600 14792 22984 31176 46168
Program 6 6700 14892 23084 31276 46368
Program 7 6800 14992 23184 31376 46568
Program 8 6900 15092 23284 31476 46768
Program 9 7000 15192 23384 31576 46968
Program 10 7100 15292 23484 31676 47168
Program 11 7200 15392 23584 31776 47368
Program 12 7300 15492 23684 31876 47568
Program 13 7400 15592 23784 31976 47768
Program 14 7500 15692 23884 32076 47968
Program 15 7600 15792 23984 32176 48168
Program 16 7700 15892 24084 32276 48368
g Making changes in the actual working program is only temporary (address 6100 f.) If changes shall bepermanent the value must be written to the programs address (e.g. 7100 for program 10 or 6300 forprogram 2).
Address tables
KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP 31 Explanations for program addresses
Notes:
Address tables
Explanations for program addresses 32 KS 90-1/DP, KS 92-1/DP
Cntr 1ConF 1PAr 4Signal 7
InP.1 2ConF 13PAr 15Signal 16
InP.2 3ConF 17PAr 18Signal 18
InP.3 4ConF 19PAr 21Signal 22
Lim 5ConF 22PAr 24Signal 24
Lim2 6ConF 25PAr 26Signal 27
Lim3 7ConF 27PAr 28Signal 29
LOGI 8ConF 29Signal 32
ohnE 9ConF 34PAr 35
Signal 35
ohnE110Signal 39
ohnE211Signal 39
ohnE312Signal 40
ohnE413Signal 40
othr14ConF 41Signal 43
Out.115ConF 49Signal 51
Out.216ConF 52
Out.317ConF 54Signal 54Signal 57
Out.418ConF 58Signal 61
Out.519ConF 61Signal 63
Out.620ConF 64
Operating Version4
Table Of ContentsCode Table
PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
PAr.221PAr 66Signal 66
SEtP22PAr 67Signal 67
Tool23ConF 68
Operating Version4
Table Of ContentsCode Table
PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Cntr1ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SPFN Basic configuration for setpoint processing, e.g. 'setpoint controllerswitchable to external setpoint'. Configuration of special,controller-dependent setpoint functions.
SP.Fn113421953427726
39068r/w Enum3150base1dP2dP3dP
0 set-point controller can be switched over to external set-point (->LOGI/SP.E)8 Setpoint controller switchable to setpoint controller with external setpoint shift
(switchable -> LOGI/SP.E).
Enum_CtYP The process value can be assigned directly to an input value, but itcan also be computed from the comparison of two input values. Forthis, various formulas are provided for the user, e.g. the differenceor the ratio of the two input values.
C.tYP132542144629638
42892r/w Enum5062base1dP2dP3dP
0 Standard controller (process value = x1)1 Ratio controller (x1+oFFS)/x2.
An offset is added to the input value x1, and then the ratio is calculated from the resultand the input value x2. This ratio is used as process value.
2 The process value is calculated as the difference of the two values (x1 - x2).3 Maximum value of x1 and x2. The higher value is used for control. In case of a sensor
fault, control is continued with the remaining process value.4 Minimum value of x1 and x2. The lower value is used for control. In case of a sensor fault,
control is continued with the remaining process value.5 Mean value (x1 + x2) / 2. In case of a sensor fault, control is continued with the remaining
process value.6 Switchover between the input values: process value = x1 or process value = x2.7 O2 function with constant sensor temperature. The engineering unit for the O2 setting
should be checked under: Other -> parameter unit (ppm / %).The sensor temperature must be defined under: Parameters -> Controller -> Sensortemperature.
8 O2 function with measured sensor temperature. The sensor temperature is required as thesecond process value x2.The engineering unit for the O2 setting should be checked under: Other -> Parameter unit(ppm / %).
Enum_CFnc Control behaviour (algorithm) referred to output value: e.g. 2- or3-point controller, signaller, 3-point stepping control.
C.Fnc132422143429626
42868r/w Enum5050base1dP2dP3dP
0 on/off controller or signaller with one output. The on/off controller or signaller switches ifthe process value drifts from the setpoint more than the hysteresis.
1 PID control, e.g. heating, with one output: Switched as a digital output (2-point) or used asan analog output (continuous). PID controllers respond quickly to changes of the controldeviation, and typically do not exhibit any permanent control offset.
2 D / Y / Off, or 2-point controller with partial/full load switch-over. 2 digital outputs: Y1 isthe switching output and Y2 is the changeover contact for D/Y.
3 2 x PID control, e.g. heating/cooling. Two outputs: Switched as a digital output (3-point) orused as an analog output (continuous). PID controllers respond quickly to changes of thecontrol deviation, and typically do not exhibit any permanent control offset.
4 3-point stepping controller, e.g. for motor actuators. Two digital outputs. No actuatingpulses are generated when the process is lined out.
5 3-point stepping controller with position feedback signal Yp, e.g. for motorized valves. Twodigital outputs. No output signals are generated when the process is lined out. Theposition feedback signal Yp serves for displaying the actuator position, but also formonitoring the actuator if the DAC function (Digital Actuator Control) is provided.
6 continuous controller with integrated positioner. This is basically a cascade. A trackingcontroller with three-point stepping behaviour which operates with Yp as process value isused with the continuous controller.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 1PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Cntr1ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_mAn Enables the output value to be adjusted in manual operation. Ifadjustment is not enabled, the output value cannot be changed inmanual operation, neither with the front keys nor via theinterface.Note: This setting does not affect the auto/manualswitchover function.
mAn132432143529627
42870r/w Enum5051base1dP2dP3dP
0 The output value cannot be changed in manual operation, neither with the front keys norvia the interface.
1 The output value is to be adjusted in manual operation (see also LOGI/mAn).
Enum_CAct Operating sense of the controller. Inverse operation (e.g. heating)means increased heat input when the process value falls.Direct operation (e.g. cooling) means increased heat input when theprocess value increases.
C.Act132442143629628
42872r/w Enum5052base1dP2dP3dP
0 Inverse or opposed-sense response, e.g. heating. The controller output is increased with afalling process value, and decreased with a rising process value.
1 Direct or same-sense response, e.g. cooling. The controller output is increased with arising process value, and decreased with a falling process value.
Enum_FAIL With the sensor break response, the operator determines theinstrument's reaction to a sensor break, thus ensuring a safeprocess condition.
FAIL132452143729629
42874r/w Enum5053base1dP2dP3dP
0 controller outputs switched off1 y = parameter Y2 (Caution: fixed parameter Y2, not controller output Y2!).
Note for three-point stepping controller: With Y2 < 0.01 CLOSED is set (DY= -100%), with0.01 =< Y2 =< 99.9 no output is set (DY=0%), with Y2 > 99.9 OPEN is set (DY= +100%).Note for signallers: With Y2 < 0.01 OFF is set, with 0.01 =< Y2 =< 99.9 status keepsunchanged, with Y2 > 99.9 ON is set.
2 y = mean output. The maximum permissible output can be adjusted with parameter Ym.H.To prevent determination of inadmissible values, mean value formation is only if thecontrol deviation is lower than parameter L.Ym.
Lower limit for the controller's operating range. The control range isindependent of the measurement range. Reducing the control rangewill increase the sensitivity of the self-tuning process.
rnG.L132512144329635
42886r/w Float -1999...99995059base1dP2dP3dP
Upper limit for the controller's operating range. The control range isindependent of the measurement range. Reducing the control rangewill increase the sensitivity of the self-tuning process.
rnG.H132522144429636
42888r/w Float -1999...99995060base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 2PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Cntr1ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_CYCL Duty cycle for 2-point and 3-point controllers. Internally, thecontroller calculates a continuous output value, which is convertedinto switching pulses for digital outputs. The user can adapt thesetting to calculate various duty cycles (on/off ratio).
CYCL132472143929631
42878r/w Enum5055base1dP2dP3dP
0 Standard. 'Bathtub curve'. The adjusted duty cycles t1 and t2 are valid for ± 50% controloutput. With very small and very large control outputs, the effective duty cycle is increasedsufficiently to prevent nonsensically short operating pulses. The shortest pulses arelimited to ¼ of t1 and ¼ of t2.
1 Linear water cooling (standard switching behaviour for heating). Cooling only starts abovean adjustable temperature value (E.H20). Cooling 'On' with fixed pulse duration (t.on).Cooling 'Off' with minimum pulse duration (t.oFF), which varies according to controlleroutput.
2 Non-linear water cooling (standard switching behaviour for heating). The coolingcharacteristic ensures that controller action is relatively weak between 0 and approx. 70%of controller output. Above that, controller action increases rapidly up to the maximumcooling rate. The parameter 'F.H2O' can be used to alter the curve of the coolingcharacteristic.
3 With constant pulses for heating and cooling. The adjusted duty cycles t1 and t2 aremaintained over the entire output range. The parameter tp is used to adjust the minimumpulse duration. Shorter pulses are added internally until a pulse of length tp can begenerated.
Enum_tune Self-tuning procedure / sequence. Choice between:step responsetuning during start-up and pulse response tuning at setpoint; orpulse response tuning during start-up and at setpoint; or only stepresponse tuning during start-up, and no tuning at setpoint (nopulse).
tunE132482144029632
42880r/w Enum5056base1dP2dP3dP
0 At start-up with step function, impulse function at setpoint. The step function at start up requires a control deviation of more than 10% of the controlrange. At setpoint, with control deviation less than 10% of the control range, tuning isdone with the impulse function.
1 At start-up with impulse function. Setting for fast controlled systems (e.g. hot runnercontrol).Always tuning with impulse function. At start up, with a control deviation of more than10% of the control range, the control loop is optimized for a wide control range. Atset-point the control deviation during self-tuning is small.
2 At start up and at set-point always tune step function at start up.Tuning is done with step function at start up, regardless of the control deviation.
Enum_Strt Start of self-tuning. Self-tuning can always be started manually atthe request of the operator.Here, it is possible to determine that self-tuning is startedautomatically under the following conditions: On power-up or whenan oscillation of the process value is detected.
Strt132492144129633
42882r/w Enum5057base1dP2dP3dP
0 no automatic start (manual start via front interface)1 Manual or automatic start of auto-tuning at power on or when oscillating is detected
(oscillating of process value by more than ± 0.5% of the control range, and simultaneouslythe output value by more than 20%.) Note: Though the process is unchanged, at power onalways the (time-consuming) auto-tuning is started.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 3PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Cntr1ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Adt0 Optimization of the switching cycles t1 and t2 for the DEDconversion can be disabled here. In order to fine-tune thepositioning action, the switching periods are changed by theself-tuning function, if automatic tuning is configured.
Adt0132532144529637
42890r/w Enum5061base1dP2dP3dP
0 The cycle duration is determinated by auto-tuning. Thereby the best controlling results areobtained.
1 The cycle duration is not determinated by auto-tuning. An oversized cycle duration causesbad control behavior. An undersized cycle duration causes a more frequent switching,which can raise the wearout of mechanical actuators (relay, contactor).
PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Proportional band 1 (heating) in engineering unit, e.g. °C.Pb defines the relationship between controller output and controldeviation. The smaller Pb is, the stronger is the control action for agiven control deviation. If Pb is too large or too small, the controlloop will oscillate (hunting).
Pb1131922138429576
42768r/w Float 1...99995000base1dP2dP3dP
Proportional band 2 (cooling) in engineering units, e.g. °C.Pb defines the relationship between controller output and controldeviation. The smaller Pb is, the stronger is the control action for agiven control deviation. If Pb is too large or too small, the controlloop will oscillate (hunting).
Pb2131932138529577
42770r/w Float 1...99995001base1dP2dP3dP
Integral action time 1 (heating) [s]. Ti is the time constant of theintegral portion. The smaller Ti is, the faster is the response of theintegral action.Ti too small: Control tends to oscillate.Ti too large: Control is sluggish and needs a long time to line out.
ti1131942138629578
42772r/w Float 1...99995002base1dP2dP3dP
Integral action time 2 (cooling) [s]. Ti is the time constant of theintegral portion. The smaller Ti is, the faster is the response of theintegral action.Ti too small: Control tends to oscillate.Ti too large: Control is sluggish and needs a long time to line out.
ti2131952138729579
42774r/w Float 1...99995003base1dP2dP3dP
Derivative action time 1 (heating) [s], second parameter set.Td is the time constant of the derivative portion. The faster theprocess value changes, and the larger the value of Td is, thestronger will be the derivative action.Td too small: Very little derivative action.Td too large: Control tends to oscillate.
td1131962138829580
42776r/w Float 1...99995004base1dP2dP3dP
Derivative action time 2 (cooling) [s], second parameter set.Td is the time constant of the derivative portion. The faster theprocess value changes, and the larger the value of Td is, thestronger will be the derivative action.Td too small: Very little derivative action.Td too large: Control tends to oscillate.
td2131972138929581
42778r/w Float 1...99995005base1dP2dP3dP
Minimum duty cycle 1 (heating) [s]. With the standard duty cycleconverter, the shortest pulse duration is 1/4 x t1.If the duty cycle is not to be optimized, this must be entered in theconfiguration.(Default: Optimization of the duty cycle during self-tuning, but alsoif the output value is less than 5%).
t1131982139029582
42780r/w Float 0,4...99995006base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 4PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Cntr1PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Minimum duty cycle 2 (cooling) [s]. With the standard duty cycleconverter, the shortest pulse duration is 1/4 x t1.If the duty cycle is not to be optimized, this must be entered in theconfiguration.(Default: Optimization of the duty cycle during self-tuning, but alsoif the output value is less than 5%).
t2131992139129583
42782r/w Float 0,4...99995007base1dP2dP3dP
Neutral zone, or switching difference of the signaller [engineeringunit].Too small: unnecessarily high switching frequency.Too large:reduced controller sensitivity.With 3-point controllers this slowsdown the direct transition from heating to cooling. With 3-pointstepping controllers, it reduces the switching operations of theactuator around setpoint.
SH132062139829590
42796r/w Float 0...99995014base1dP2dP3dP
Separation of the D / Y switch-over point from the setpoint[engineering unit]. With a significant control deviation heating start isin delta connection. When the control deviation increases, theinstrument switchesover to reduced power (Y connection) for line-out to the set-point.
d.SP132082140029592
42800r/w Float -1999...99995016base1dP2dP3dP
Minimum pulse duration [s]. Used for switching with constantperiods. For positioning values that require a shorter pulse thanadjusted for 'tp', the output is suppressed, but 'remembered'. Thecontroller continues adding the internal short pulses until a valueequal to 'tp' can be output.
tP132012139329585
42786r/w Float 0,1...99995009base1dP2dP3dP
Travel time of the actuator motor [s]. If no feedback signal isavailable, the controller calculates the actuator position by meansof an integrator and the adjusted motor travel time. For this reason,a precise definition of the motor travel time between min and max(0% and 100%) is important.
tt132072139929591
42798r/w Float 3...99995015base1dP2dP3dP
Lower output limit [%]The range is depedant of the type of controller:2 point controller: 0...ymax+13 point controller: -105 ymax-1
Y.Lo132102140229594
42804r/w Float -105...1055018base1dP2dP3dP
Upper output limit [%]The range is ymin+1 ....105
Y.Hi132112140329595
42806r/w Float -105...1055019base1dP2dP3dP
Second positioning value [%]. Activated Y2 = positioner control.Caution: The parameter 'positioning output Y2' must not beconfused with the controller output Y2!
Y2132092140129593
42802r/w Float -100...1005017base1dP2dP3dP
Offset for die positioning value [%]. This is added to the controlleroutput, and has the most effect with P and PD controllers. (With PIDcontrollers, the effect is compensated by the integral action.) Witha control deviation = 0, the P controller generates a control outputY0.
Y.0132122140429596
42808r/w Float -105...1055020base1dP2dP3dP
Limit for the mean control output value Ym in case of sensor break[%]. The mean control output value is configurable as the responseto sensor break. The maximum mean output value = YmH.
Ym.H132132140529597
42810r/w Float -105...1055021base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 5PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Cntr1PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Max. control deviation (xw), at the start of mean value calculation[engineering unit].When calculating the mean value, data are only taken into accountif the control deviation is small enough. 'Lym' is a preset value thatdetermines how precisely the calculated output value is matched tothe setpoint.
L.Ym132142140629598
42812r/w Float 1...99995022base1dP2dP3dP
Min. temperature for water cooling. Below the set temperature nowater cooling happens
E.H2O132052139729589
42794r/w Float -1999...99995013base1dP2dP3dP
Impulse length for water cooling. Fixed for all values of controlleroutput.The pause time is varied.
t.on132022139429586
42788r/w Float 0,1...99995010base1dP2dP3dP
Min. pause time for water cooling. The max. effective controlleroutput results from t.on/(t.on+t.off)·100%
t.oFF132032139529587
42790r/w Float 1...99995011base1dP2dP3dP
Adaptation of the (non-linear) water-cooling characteristic.If thecooling action is very strong, and causes an unfavourable transitionbetween heating and cooling, a non-linear characteristic can reducethe cooling action considerably.Adjust FH20 = 1 for output values upto -70%; FH20 = 2 for values up to approx. -80%, and FH20 = 0.5 forup to approx. -60%.
F.H2O132042139629588
42792r/w Float 0,1...99995012base1dP2dP3dP
Zero point for ratio control.For a given value of X2 (e.g. airflow quantity) the ratio controllerchanges the corresponding value of X1 (e.g. gas flow quantity), untilthe required ratio is reached.
oFFS132162140829600
42816r/w Float -120...1205024base1dP2dP3dP
Switching hysteresis below the setpoint of the signaller[engineering unit].
HYS.L132202141229604
42824r/w Float 0...99995028base1dP2dP3dP
Switching hysteresis above the setpoint of the signaller[engineering unit].
HYS.H132212141329605
42826r/w Float 0...99995029base1dP2dP3dP
Constant sensor temperature. With O2 measurement, the actualoxygen content is derived from the constant sensor temperatureand the EMF (electromotive force in volts) generated by thesensor.Note: A constant sensor temperature is only ensured withheated lambda sensors.
tEmP132282142029612
42840r/w Float 0...99995036base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 6PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Cntr1SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
process valueC.InP132942148629678
42972r Float -1999...99995102base1dP2dP3dP
'Cooling' delay time of the loop. Tu is calculated by the self-tuningfunction: It is the time delay before the process reacts significantly.In effect, Tu is a dead time that is determined by the reaction of theprocess to a change of the control output. It is used for definingcontroller action.
Tu2133372152929721
43058r Float 0...99995145base1dP2dP3dP
Max. rate of change for 'cooling', i.e. the fastest process valueincrease during self-tuning. Vmax is calculated by the self-tuningfunction, and is determined by the reaction of the process to achange of the control output. It is used for defining controlleraction.
Vmax2133382153029722
43060r Float 0...99995146base1dP2dP3dP
Process gain for 'cooling'. For control loops with self-regulation,process gain is the ratio determined by the change of the controloutput and the resulting permanent change of the process value. Kpis calculated by the self-tuning function, and is used for definingcontroller action.
Kp2133392153129723
43062r Float 0...99995147base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 7PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Cntr1SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Status informations of the controller.f.e. switching signals,controller off or informations about selftuning. The controller sratusshows the actual adjustments of the controller.
Bit 0: Switching signal heating: 0: off 1: onBit 1: Switching signal cooling: 0: off 1: on Bit 2: Sensor error 0: ok 1: errorBit 3: Controlsignal: Manual/automatic 0: automatic 1: manualBit 4: Controlsignal: Y2 0: Y2 not activ 1: Y2 activBit 5: Controlsignal: Ext. setting of outputsignal 0: not activ 1: activBit 6: Controlsignal: Controller off 0: contr. on 1: contr. offBit 7: Controlsignal:The activ parameter set 0: parameterset 1 1: parameterset 2Bit 8: Loopalarm 0: no alarm 1: alarmBit 9: Soft start function 0: not activ 1: activBit 10: Rate to setpoint 0: not activ 1: activBit 11: Not usedBit 12-15: Internal functional statuses (operating state)0 0 0 0 Automatic0 0 0 1 Selftuning is running0 0 1 0 Selftuning faulty (Waiting for operator signal)0 0 1 1 Sensor error0 1 0 0 Not used0 1 0 1 Manual0 1 1 1 Not used1 0 0 0 Manual, with external presetting of the outputsignal1 0 0 1 Outputs switched off (neutral)1 0 1 0 Abortion of the selftuning (by control- or error-signal)
St.Cntr132922148429676
42968r Int 0...655355100base1dP2dP3dP
Control deviation, is defined as process value minus setpoint.Positive Xw means that the process value is above the setpoint. Asmall control deviation indicates precise control.
diFF132962148829680
42976r Float -1999...99995104base1dP2dP3dP
The position feedback Yp shows the actuator position with 3-pointstepping controllers. If Yp is outside the limits Ymin and Ymax, theoutput of positioning pulses is suppressed.
POS132972148929681
42978r Float 0...1005105base1dP2dP3dP
'Heating' delay time of the loop. Tu is calculated by the self-tuningfunction: It is the time delay before the process reacts significantly.In effect, Tu is a dead time that is determined by the reaction of theprocess to a change of the control output. It is used for definingcontroller action.
Tu1133332152529717
43050r Float 0...99995141base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 8PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Cntr1SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Output value Ypid is the output signal determined by the controller,and from which the switching pulses for the digital and analogcontrol outputs are calculated. Ypid is also available as an analogsignal. e.g. for visualization.
Ypid132952148729679
42974r Float -120...1205103base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_AdaStart Starting / stopping the self-tuning function.After the start signal,the controller waits until the process reaches a stable condition(PIR) before it starts the self-tuning process. Self-tuning can beaborted manually at any time.After a successful self-tuning attempt, the controller automaticallyresumes normal operation.
Ada.St133422153429726
43068r/w Enum5150base1dP2dP3dP
0 'Stop' will abort the self-tuning process, and the controller returns to normal operationwith the previous parameter settings.
1 Start of the self-tuning process is possible during manual or automatic controlleroperation.
Absolute preset output value, which is used as output value duringmanual operation.Caution: With 3-point stepping controllers, Yman (evaluated thesame as Dyman) is added to the actual output value as a relativeshift.
Yman133432153529727
43070r/w Float -110...1105151base1dP2dP3dP
Differential preset output value, which is added to the actual outputvalue during manual operation. Negative values reduce the output.
dYman133442153629728
43072r/w Float -220...2205152base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_YInc Increasing the output value. There are two speeds: 40 s or 10 s forthe change from 0 % to 100 %.Note: The 3-point stepping controller translates the increments asUP.
Yinc133452153729729
43074r/w Enum5153base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 increment output
Enum_YDec Decreasing the output value. There are two speeds: 40 s or 10 s forthe change from 0 % to 100 %.Note: The 3-point stepping controller translates the increments asDOWN.
Ydec133462153829730
43076r/w Enum5154base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 decrement output
Effective setpoint. The value reached at the end of setpointprocessing, after taking W2, external setpoint, gradient, boostfunction, programmer settings, start-up function, and limit functionsinto account. Comparison with the effective process value leads tothe control deviation, from which the necessary controller responseis derived.
SP.EF132932148529677
42970r Float -1999...99995101base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 9PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Cntr1SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Status information during self-tuning, e.g. the actual condition, andpossible results, warnings, and error messages.
Bit 0 Process lined out; 0 = No; 1 = YesBit 1 Operating mode 'Self-tuning controller; 0 = Off; 1 = OnBit 2 Result of controller self-tuning; 0 = OK; 1 = FaultBit 3 - 7 Not usedBit 8 - 11 Result of the 'heating' attempt0 0 0 0 No message / Attempt still running0 0 0 1 Successful0 0 1 0 Successful, with risk of exceeded setpoint0 0 1 1 Error: Wrong operating sense0 1 0 0 Error: No response from process0 1 0 1 Error: Turning point too low0 1 1 0 Error: Risk of exceeded setpoint0 1 1 1 Error: Step output too small1 0 0 0 Error: Setpoint reserve too smallBit 12 - 15 Result of 'cooling' attempt (same as heating attempt)
St.Tune133322152429716
43048r Int 0...655355140base1dP2dP3dP
Max. rate of change for 'heating', i.e. the fastest process valueincrease during self-tuning. Vmax is calculated by the self-tuningfunction, and is determined by the reaction of the process to achange of the control output. It is used for defining controlleraction.
Vmax1133342152629718
43052r Float 0...99995142base1dP2dP3dP
Process gain for 'heating'. For control loops with self-regulation,process gain is the ratio determined by the change of the controloutput and the resulting permanent change of the process value. Kpis calculated by the self-tuning function, and is used for definingcontroller action.
Kp1133352152729719
43054r Float 0...99995143base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 10PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Cntr1SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Code Table Operating Version4
Enum_Msg The result of self-tuning for 'cooling' indicates whether self-tuningwas successful, and with what result.
Msg2133402153229724
43064r Enum5148base1dP2dP3dP
0 No message / Tuning attempt still running1 Self-tuning has been completed successfully. The new parameters are valid.2 Self-tuning was successful, but with a warning. The new parameters are valid.
Note: Self-tuning was aborted due to the risk of an exceeded setpoint, but usefulparameters were determined. Possibly repeat the attempt with an increased setpointreserve.
3 The process reacts in the wrong direction.Possible remedy: Reconfigure the controller (inverse <-> direct). Check the controlleroutput sense (inverse <-> direct).
4 No response from the process. Perhaps the control loop is open.Possible remedy: Check sensor, connections, and process.
5 The process value turning point of the step response is too low.Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
6 Self-tuning was aborted due to the risk of an exceeded setpoint. No useful parameterswere determined.Possible remedy: Repeat the attempt with an increased setpoint reserve.
7 The step output change is not large enough (minimum change > 5 %).Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
8 The controller is waiting. Setpoint reserve must be given before generating the step outputchange.Acknowledgment of this error message leads to switch-over to automatic mode. If self-tuning shall be continued, change set-point, change process value, or decreaseset-point range.
9 Impulse tuning failed. No useful parameters were determined. The control loop is perhapsnot closed: check sensor,connections and process.
Appendix Page 11PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Cntr1SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Msg The result of self-tuning for 'heating' indicates whether self-tuningwas successful, and with what result.
Msg1133362152829720
43056r Enum5144base1dP2dP3dP
0 No message / Tuning attempt still running1 Self-tuning has been completed successfully. The new parameters are valid.2 Self-tuning was successful, but with a warning. The new parameters are valid.
Note: Self-tuning was aborted due to the risk of an exceeded setpoint, but usefulparameters were determined. Possibly repeat the attempt with an increased setpointreserve.
3 The process reacts in the wrong direction.Possible remedy: Reconfigure the controller (inverse <-> direct). Check the controlleroutput sense (inverse <-> direct).
4 No response from the process. Perhaps the control loop is open.Possible remedy: Check sensor, connections, and process.
5 The process value turning point of the step response is too low.Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
6 Self-tuning was aborted due to the risk of an exceeded setpoint. No useful parameterswere determined.Possible remedy: Repeat the attempt with an increased setpoint reserve.
7 The step output change is not large enough (minimum change > 5 %).Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
8 The controller is waiting. Setpoint reserve must be given before generating the step outputchange.Acknowledgment of this error message leads to switch-over to automatic mode. If self-tuning shall be continued, change set-point, change process value, or decreaseset-point range.
9 Impulse tuning failed. No useful parameters were determined. The control loop is perhapsnot closed: check sensor,connections and process.
Enum_YGrwLs Gradient of Y-variation 'slow' or 'fast'. Changes the positioningoutput speed. There are two speeds for output variation: from 0%to 100% in 40s or in 10s.
YGrw133472153929731
43078r/w Enum5155base1dP2dP3dP
0 Slow change of Y, from 0% to 100% in 40 seconds.1 Fast change of Y, from 0% to 100% in 10 seconds.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 12PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
InP.12ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Code Table Operating Version4
Enum_IFnc Selection of the function assigned to the value at INP1, e.g. value atINP1 is the external setpoint.
I.Fnc8359
1655124743
33102r/w Enum167base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (subsequent input data are skipped)1 Heating current input.2 External setpoint SP.E or (depending on version) external setpoint shift SP.E.
(Switchover is done via -> LOGI/SP.E).3 Position feedback signal Yp.4 Second process value X2.
For process value functions such as ratio, min, max, mean. Adjustment via Cntr/C.tYP.5 Preset for external positioning value Y.E (switchover via -> LOGI/Y.E)6 No controller input (replaced e.g. by limit value signalling).7 Process value X1.
Appendix Page 13PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
InP.12ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_StYP Sensor type selection. For sensors with signals of resistancetransducer, current or voltage measuring, scaling can be adjusted
S.tYP9342
1753425726
35068r/w Enum1150base1dP2dP3dP
0 thermocouple type L (-100...900°C), Fe-CuNi DINFahrenheit: -148...1652°F
1 thermocouple type J (-100...1200°C), Fe-CuNiFahrenheit: -148...2192°F
2 thermocouple type K (-100...1350°C), NiCr-NiFahrenheit: -148...2462°F
3 thermocouple type N (-100...1300°C), Nicrosil-NisilFahrenheit: -148...2372°F
4 thermocouple type S (0...1760°C), PtRh-Pt10%Fahrenheit: 32...3200°F
5 thermocouple type R (0...1760°C), PtRh-Pt13%Fahrenheit: 32...3200°F
6 thermocouple type T (-200...400°C), Cu-CuNiFahrenheit: -328...752°F
7 thermocouple type C (0...2315°C), W5%Re-W26%ReFahrenheit: 32...4199°F
8 thermocouple type D (0...2315°C), W3%Re-W25%ReFahrenheit: 32...4199°F
9 thermocouple type E (-100...1000°C), NiCr-CuNiFahrenheit: -148...1832°F
10 thermocouple type B (0/400...1820°C), PtRh-Pt6%Fahrenheit: 32/752...3308°F
18 Special thermocouple with a linearization characteristic selectable by the user. Thisenables non-linear signals to be simulated or linearized.
20 Pt100 (-200.0 ... 100.0(150.0)°C)Measuring range up to 150°C at reduced lead resistance.Fahrenheit: -328...212(302) °F
21 Pt100 (-200.0 ... 850,0 °C)Fahrenheit: -328...1562 °F
22 Pt 1000 (-200.0...850.0 °C)Fahrenheit: -328...1562 °F
23 Special : 0...4500 Ohms.For KTY 11-6 with preset special linearization (-50...150 °C or -58...302 °F).
24 Special 0...450 Ohm30 Current : 0...20 mA / 4...20 mA40 0...10V / 2...10V41 Special -2.5...115 mV42 Special : -25...1150 mV50 potentiometer 0...160 Ohm51 potentiometer 0...450 Ohm52 potentiometer 0...1600 Ohm53 potentiometer 0...4500 Ohm
Enum_SLin Linearization (not adjustable for all sensor types S.tYP). Speciallinearization. The linearization table can be created with the Engineering Tool. The default characteristic is for KTY 11-6temperature sensors.
S.Lin9343
1753525727
35070r/w Enum1151base1dP2dP3dP
0 No special linearization.1 Special linearization. Definition of the linearization table is possible with the Engineering
Tool. The default setting is the characteristic of the KTY 11-6 temperature sensor.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 14PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
InP.12ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Corr3 Measured value correction / scalingCorr8352
1654424736
33088r/w Enum160base1dP2dP3dP
0 Without scaling1 The offset correction (in the CAL Level) can be done on-line in the process. If InL shows the
lower input value of the scaling point, then OuL must be adjusted to the correspondingdisplay value. Adjustments are made via the front panel keys of the device only.
2 Two-point correction (in CAL-Level) ist possible offline via process value transmitter oron-line in the process. Set process value for the upper and lower scaling point and confirmas input value InL or InH, then set the belonging displayed value OuL and OuH. Thesettings are done via the front of the device.
3 Scaling (at PArA-level). The input values for the upper (InL, OuL) and lower scaling point(InH. OuH) are visible at the parameter level. Adjustment is made via front operation or theengineering tool.
4 Automatic calibration of the position feedback potentiometer. For 3-point steppingcontrollers with position feedback Yp from a potentiometer, and for continuous controllersoperating a positioner with position feedback Yp from a potentiometer.
Substitute value in case of a fault. This value is used forcalculations, if there is a fault at the input (e.g. FAIL).
In.F9344
1753625728
35072r/w Float -1999...99991152base1dP2dP3dP
PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Input value of the lower scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The display of the input value of the lower scalingpoint (e.g. 4 mA) is done using the corresponding electrical value.
InL.19292
1748425676
34968r/w Float -1999...99991100base1dP2dP3dP
Display value of the lower scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The operator can change the display value of thelower scaling point, e.g. 4 mA is displayed as 2 [pH].
OuL.19293
1748525677
34970r/w Float -1999...99991101base1dP2dP3dP
Input value of the upper scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The display of the input value of the upper scalingpoint (e.g. 20 mA) is done using the corresponding electrical value.
InH.19294
1748625678
34972r/w Float -1999...99991102base1dP2dP3dP
Display value of the upper scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The operator can change the display value of theupper scaling point, e.g. 20 mA is displayed as 12 [pH].
OuH.19295
1748725679
34974r/w Float -1999...99991103base1dP2dP3dP
Filter time constant [s]. Every input is fitted with a digital (software)low-pass filter for suppressing process-related disturbances on theinput leads. Higher filter settings improve the suppression, but increase the delay of the input signals.
t.F19296
1748825680
34976r/w Float 0...1001104base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 15PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
InP.12PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
External temperature compensation (temperature at the junction ofthermocouple/copper lead with external temperaturecompensation).
E.tc19297
1748925681
34978r/w Float 0...1001105base1dP2dP3dP
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Measurement value before the measurement value correction(unprocessed).
In.1r9362
1755425746
35108r Float -1999...99991170base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_InpFail Input circuit fault: faulty or incorrectly connected sensor.Fail9363
1755525747
35110r Enum1171base1dP2dP3dP
0 no error1 sensor break2 Incorrect polarity at input.4 Short circuit at input.
Measurement value after the measurement value correction (e.g.with offset or 2-point correction, and scaling).
In.19364
1755625748
35112r Float -1999...99991172base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing the value for an analog input INP. Forcing involves theexternal operation of an input. The instrument takes over the valueat this input like a measurement value (preset value for inputs froma superordinate system, e.g. for a function test.)
F.Inp9372
1756425756
35128r/w Float -1999...99991180base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 16PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
InP.23ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_IFnc Selection of the function assigned to the value at INP2, e.g. value atINP2 is the external setpoint.
I.Fnc8353
1654524737
33090r/w Enum161base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (subsequent input data are skipped)1 Heating current input.2 External setpoint SP.E or (depending on version) external setpoint shift SP.E.
(Switchover is done via -> LOGI/SP.E).3 Position feedback signal Yp.4 Second process value X2.
For process value functions such as ratio, min, max, mean. Adjustment via Cntr/C.tYP.5 Preset for external positioning value Y.E (switchover via -> LOGI/Y.E)6 No controller input (replaced e.g. by limit value signalling).7 Process value X1.
Enum_StYP2 Sensor type selection. For sensors with signals of resistancetransducer, current or voltage measuring, scaling can be adjusted.
S.tYP9442
1763425826
35268r/w Enum1250base1dP2dP3dP
30 Current : 0...20 mA / 4...20 mA31 0...50 mA current (AC)50 Potentiometer 0...160 Ohm51 Potentiometer 0...450 Ohm52 Potentiometer 0...1600 Ohm53 Potentiometer 0...4500 Ohm
Enum_Corr Measured value correction / scalingCorr8354
1654624738
33092r/w Enum162base1dP2dP3dP
0 Without scaling1 The offset correction (in the CAL Level) can be done on-line in the process. If InL shows the
lower input value of the scaling point, then OuL must be adjusted to the correspondingdisplay value. Adjustments are made via the front panel keys of the device only.
2 2-point correction (in CAL-Level) ist possible offline via process value transmitter or on-linein the process. Set process value for the upper and lower scaling point and confirm asinput value InL or InH, then set the belonging displayed value OuL and OuH. The settingsare done via the front of the device.
3 Scaling (at PArA-level). The input values for the upper (InL, OuL) and lower scaling point(InH. OuH) are visible at the parameter level. Adjustment is made via front operation or theengineering tool.
Substitute value in case of a fault. This value is used forcalculations, if there is a fault at the input (e.g. FAIL).
In.F9444
1763625828
35272r/w Float -1999...99991252base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 17PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
InP.23PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Input value of the lower scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The display of the input value of the lower scalingpoint (e.g. 4 mA) is done using the corresponding electrical value.
InL.29392
1758425776
35168r/w Float -1999...99991200base1dP2dP3dP
Display value of the lower scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The operator can change the display value of thelower scaling point, e.g. 4 mA is displayed as 2 [pH].
OuL.29393
1758525777
35170r/w Float -1999...99991201base1dP2dP3dP
Input value of the upper scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The display of the input value of the upper scalingpoint (e.g. 20 mA) is done using the corresponding electrical value.
InH.29394
1758625778
35172r/w Float -1999...99991202base1dP2dP3dP
Display value of the upper scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The operator can change the display value of theupper scaling point, e.g. 20 mA is displayed as 12 [pH].
OuH.29395
1758725779
35174r/w Float -1999...99991203base1dP2dP3dP
Filter time constant [s]. Every input is fitted with a digital (software)low-pass filter for suppressing process-related disturbances on theinput leads. Higher filter settings improve the suppression, but increase the delay of the input signals.
t.F29396
1758825780
35176r/w Float 0...1001204base1dP2dP3dP
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Measurement value after the measurement value correction (e.g.with offset or 2-point correction, and scaling).
In.29462
1765425846
35308r Float -1999...99991270base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_InpFail Input circuit fault: faulty or incorrectly connected sensor.Fail9463
1765525847
35310r Enum1271base1dP2dP3dP
0 no error1 sensor break2 Incorrect polarity at input.4 Short circuit at input.
Measurement value before the measurement value correction(unprocessed).
In.2r9464
1765625848
35312r Float -1999...99991272base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing the value for an analog input INP. Forcing involves theexternal operation of an input. The instrument takes over the valueat this input like a measurement value (preset value for inputs froma superordinate system, e.g. for a function test.)
F.Inp9472
1766425856
35328r/w Float -1999...99991280base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 18PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
InP.34ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_IFnc Selection of the function assigned to the value at INP3, e.g. value atINP3 is the external setpoint.
I.Fnc8358
1655024742
33100r/w Enum166base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (subsequent input data are skipped)1 Heating current input.2 External setpoint SP.E or (depending on version) external setpoint shift SP.E.
(Switchover is done via -> LOGI/SP.E).3 Position feedback signal Yp.4 Second process value X2.
For process value functions such as ratio, min, max, mean. Adjustment via Cntr/C.tYP.5 Preset for external positioning value Y.E (switchover via -> LOGI/Y.E)6 No controller input (replaced e.g. by limit value signalling).7 Process value X1.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 19PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
InP.34ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_StYP3 Sensor type selection. For sensors with signals of resistancetransducer, current or voltage measuring, scaling can be adjusted.
S.tYP9542
1773425926
35468r/w Enum1350base1dP2dP3dP
0 thermocouple type L (-100...900°C), Fe-CuNi DINFahrenheit: -148...1652°F
1 thermocouple type J (-100...1200°C), Fe-CuNiFahrenheit: -148...2192°F
2 thermocouple type K (-100...1350°C), NiCr-Ni Fahrenheit: -148...2462°F
3 thermocouple type N (-100...1300°C), Nicrosil-NisilFahrenheit: -148...2372°F
4 thermocouple type S (0...1760°C), PtRh-Pt10%Fahrenheit: 32...3200°F
5 thermocouple type R (0...1760°C), PtRh-Pt13%Fahrenheit: 32...3200°F
6 thermocouple type T (-200...400°C), Cu-CuNiFahrenheit: -328...752°F
7 thermocouple type C (0...2315°C), W5%Re-W26%ReFahrenheit: 32...4199°F
8 thermocouple type D (0...2315°C), W3%Re-W25%ReFahrenheit: 32...4199°F
9 thermocouple type E (-100...1000°C), NiCr-CuNiFahrenheit: -148...1832°F
10 thermocouple type B (0/100...1820°C), PtRh-Pt6%Fahrenheit: 32(212)...3308°F
18 Special thermocouple with a linearization characteristic selectable by the user. Thisenables non-linear signals to be simulated or linearized.
20 Pt100 (-200.0 ... 100.0(150.0)°C)Measuring range at reduced lead resistance up to 150°C.Fahrenheit: -328...212(302)°F
21 Pt100 (-200.0 ... 850,0 °C)Fahrenheit: -328...1562 °F
22 Pt 1000 (-200.0...850.0 °C)Fahrenheit: -328...1562 °F
23 Special : 0...4500 Ohms.For KTY 11-6 with preset special linearization (-50...150 °C or -58...302 °F).
24 Special : 0...450 Ohms30 Current : 0...20 mA / 4...20 mA41 Special : -2,5...115 mV42 Special : -25...1150 mV50 Potentiometer :0...160 Ohms51 Potentiometer :0...450 Ohms52 Potentiometer :0...1600 Ohms53 Potentiometer :0...4500 Ohms
Enum_SLin Linearization (not adjustable for all sensor types S.tYP). Speciallinearization. The linearization table can be created with the Engineering Tool. The default characteristic is for KTY 11-6temperature sensors.
S.Lin9543
1773525927
35470r/w Enum1351base1dP2dP3dP
0 No special linearization.1 Special linearization. Definition of the linearization table is possible with the Engineering
Tool. The default setting is the characteristic of the KTY 11-6 temperature sensor.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 20PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
InP.34ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Corr3 Measured value correction / scalingCorr8357
1654924741
33098r/w Enum165base1dP2dP3dP
0 Without scaling1 The offset correction (in the CAL Level) can be done on-line in the process. If InL shows the
lower input value of the scaling point, then OuL must be adjusted to the correspondingdisplay value. Adjustments are made via the front panel keys of the device only.
2 Two-point correction (in CAL-Level) ist possible offline via process value transmitter oron-line in the process. Set process value for the upper and lower scaling point and confirmas input value InL or InH, then set the belonging displayed value OuL and OuH. Thesettings are done via the front of the device.
3 Scaling (at PArA-level). The input values for the upper (InL, OuL) and lower scaling point(InH. OuH) are visible at the parameter level. Adjustment is made via front operation or theengineering tool.
4 Automatic calibration of the position feedback potentiometer. For 3-point steppingcontrollers with position feedback Yp from a potentiometer, and for continuous controllersoperating a positioner with position feedback Yp from a potentiometer.
Substitute value in case of a fault. This value is used forcalculations, if there is a fault at the input (e.g. FAIL).
In.F9544
1773625928
35472r/w Float -1999...99991352base1dP2dP3dP
PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Input value of the lower scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The display of the input value of the lower scalingpoint (e.g. 4 mA) is done using the corresponding electrical value.
InL.39492
1768425876
35368r/w Float -1999...99991300base1dP2dP3dP
Display value of the lower scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The operator can change the display value of thelower scaling point, e.g. 4 mA is displayed as 2 [pH].
OuL.39493
1768525877
35370r/w Float -1999...99991301base1dP2dP3dP
Input value of the upper scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The display of the input value of the upper scalingpoint (e.g. 20 mA) is done using the corresponding electrical value.
InH.39494
1768625878
35372r/w Float -1999...99991302base1dP2dP3dP
Display value of the upper scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The operator can change the display value of theupper scaling point, e.g. 20 mA is displayed as 12 [pH].
OuH.39495
1768725879
35374r/w Float -1999...99991303base1dP2dP3dP
Filter time constant [s]. Every input is fitted with a digital (software)low-pass filter for suppressing process-related disturbances on theinput leads. Higher filter settings improve the suppression, but increase the delay of the input signals.
t.F39496
1768825880
35376r/w Float 0...999,91304base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 21PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
InP.34PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
External temperature compensation (temperature at the junction ofthermocouple/copper lead with external temperaturecompensation).
E.tc39497
1768925881
35378r/w Float 0...1001305base1dP2dP3dP
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Measurement value after the measurement value correction (e.g.with offset or 2-point correction, and scaling).
In.39562
1775425946
35508r Float -1999...99991370base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_InpFail Input circuit fault: faulty or incorrectly connected sensor.Fail9563
1775525947
35510r Enum1371base1dP2dP3dP
0 no error1 sensor break2 Incorrect polarity at input.4 Short circuit at input.
Measurement value before the measurement value correction(unprocessed).
In.3r9564
1775625948
35512r Float -1999...99991372base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing the value for an analog input INP. Forcing involves theexternal operation of an input. The instrument takes over the valueat this input like a measurement value (preset value for inputs froma superordinate system, e.g. for a function test.)
F.Inp9572
1776425956
35528r/w Float -1999...99991380base1dP2dP3dP
Lim5ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Fcn Activation and adjustment of the limit value alarm (e.g. for inputcircuit monitoring), e.g. with/without storage.
Fnc.1103421853426726
37068r/w Enum2150base1dP2dP3dP
0 No limit value monitoring.1 measured value monitoring. The alarm signal is generated, if the limit is exceeded. If the
measured value is within the limits (including hysteresis) again, this alarm signal isresetted.
2 Measured value monitoring + alarm status latch. An alarm signal is generated, if the limitis exceeded. A latched alarm signal remains latched until it is manually resetted.
3 Signal monitoring for rate of change (per minute).4 Signal monitoring for rate of change (per minute) + storage of the alarm status.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 22PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Lim5ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Src Source for limit value. Selection of which value is to be monitored.Src.1103431853526727
37070r/w Enum2151base1dP2dP3dP
0 Process value = absolute alarm1 control deviation xw (process value - set-point) = relative alarm
Note: Monitoring with the effective set-point Weff. For example using a ramp it is thechanging set-point, not the target set-point of the ramp.
2 Control deviation Xw (= relative alarm) with suppression during start-up and setpointchanges. Limit value monitoring is continued as soon as the control deviation comeswithin the alarm limits again, at the latest after 10 * Tn.
3 Measured value of the analog input INP1.4 Measured value of the analog input INP2.5 Measured value of the analog input INP3.6 effective set-point Weff.
For example the ramp-function changes the effective set-point untill it matches theinternal (target) set-point.
7 correcting variable y (controller output)8 control variable deviation xw (actual value - internal set-point) = deviation alarm to
internal set-pointNote: Monitoring with the internal set-point Wint. For example using a ramp it is thetarget setpoint, not the changing set-point of the ramp.
9 Difference x1 - x2 (e.g. in combination with the process value function "Mean value",applicable for detecting aged thermocouples), difference between first and second processvalue.
11 Control deviation Xw (= relative alarm) with suppression during start-up and setpointchange. Limit value monitoring is continued as soon as the control deviation comes withinthe alarm limits again.
Enum_HCAL Activation of alarm heat current function. Either overload or breakcan be monitored, overload = current I > heat current limit, or break= current I < heat current limit. Short circuit is monitored in bothcases.
HC.AL102421843426626
36868r/w Enum2050base1dP2dP3dP
0 No heating current alarm.1 Overload and short circuit monitoring. Overload = current I > heat current limit.2 Break and short circuit monitoring. Break = current I < heat current limit.
Enum_LPAL Monitoring of control loop interruption (not possible with 3-pointstepping controller, not possible with signaller)
LP.AL132502144229634
42884r/w Enum5058base1dP2dP3dP
0 switched off / inactive1 LOOP alarm is generated, if with Y=100% there is no corresponding reaction of the
process variable within the time of 2 x ti.Possible remedial action: Check heating or cooling circuit, check sensor and replace it, ifnecessary, check controller and switchingdevice.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 23PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Lim5ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_DacAktiv Activates the monitor for the 3-point stepping output. On allcontrollers with position feedback Yp, the actuator can bemonitored for possible malfunctions, e.g. a motor defect orexcessive play due to wear. In case of a disturbance, the controllerswitches into manual operation and switches the outputs off.
dAc.A117421993428126
39868r/w Enum3550base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 Active DAC (monitoring).
Digital Actuator Control DAC is the actuator monitoring function.
PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Lower limit value. The alarm is triggered if the value falls below thelimit, and is reset with lower limit value plus hysteresis.
L.1102921848426676
36968r/w Float -1999...99992100base1dP2dP3dP
Upper limit value. The alarm is triggered if the value rises above thelimit, and is reset with upper lower limit value plus hysteresis.
H.1102931848526677
36970r/w Float -1999...99992101base1dP2dP3dP
Hysteresis of the limit value. Switching difference for upper andlower limit value. The limit value must change by this amount (riseabove upper limit or fall below lower limit) before the limit valuealarm is reset.
HYS.1102941848626678
36972r/w Float 0...99992102base1dP2dP3dP
Delayed alarm of a limit value. The alarm is only triggered after thedefined delay time. It is only indicated, and possibly stored, if it isstill present after the delay time has elapsed.
dEL.1102951848726679
36974r/w Float 0...99992103base1dP2dP3dP
Heating current monitoring limit [A]. Depending on configuration,and apart from short-circuit monitoring, an overload test checkswhether the heating current is above the adjusted current limit, orbelow the limit when the heating is switched off. The heatingcurrent is measured by means of a current transformer (accessory),and the current range can be adapted.
HC.A101921838426576
36768r/w Float -1999...99992000base1dP2dP3dP
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Status of the heating current alarm. Displayable are heating currentshort-circuit and/or heating current alarm. Depending onconfiguration, the heating current alarm is either an interruption ofheating current (I < limit value) or heating current overload (I > limitvalue).
St.HC102621845426646
36908r Int 0...32070base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 24PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Lim5SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Measured heating current [A]. Apart from the short circuit test, anddepending on configuration, an overcurrent test (current I > heatingcurrent limit) and an open circuit test (current I < heating currentlimit) is executed. The heating current is measured by means of a(separate) current transformer, whereby the input range can bescaled.
HC102631845526647
36910r Float -1999...99992071base1dP2dP3dP
Measured current with SSr [A]. The heating current (SSR) is shortcircuited, if there is a current flow even though the controller outputis switched off.Suggested remedy: check heating current circuit,replace solid-state relay if necessary.
SSr102641845626648
36912r Float -1999...99992072base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_LimStatus Limit value status: No alarm present or stored.St.Lim103621855426746
37108r Enum2170base1dP2dP3dP
0 no alarm1 latched alarm2 A limit value has been exceeded.
Lim26ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Fcn Activation and adjustment of the limit value alarm (e.g. for inputcircuit monitoring), e.g. with/without storage.
Fnc.2104421863426826
37268r/w Enum2250base1dP2dP3dP
0 No limit value monitoring.1 measured value monitoring. The alarm signal is generated, if the limit is exceeded. If the
measured value is within the limits (including hysteresis) again, this alarm signal isresetted.
2 Measured value monitoring + alarm status latch. An alarm signal is generated, if the limitis exceeded. A latched alarm signal remains latched until it is manually resetted.
3 Signal monitoring for rate of change (per minute).4 Signal monitoring for rate of change (per minute) + storage of the alarm status.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 25PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Lim26ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Src Source for limit value. Selection of which value is to be monitored.Src.2104431863526827
37270r/w Enum2251base1dP2dP3dP
0 Process value = absolute alarm1 control deviation xw (process value - set-point) = relative alarm
Note: Monitoring with the effective set-point Weff. For example using a ramp it is thechanging set-point, not the target set-point of the ramp.
2 Control deviation Xw (= relative alarm) with suppression during start-up and setpointchanges. Limit value monitoring is continued as soon as the control deviation comeswithin the alarm limits again, at the latest after 10 * Tn.
3 Measured value of the analog input INP1.4 Measured value of the analog input INP2.5 Measured value of the analog input INP3.6 effective set-point Weff.
For example the ramp-function changes the effective set-point untill it matches theinternal (target) set-point.
7 correcting variable y (controller output)8 control variable deviation xw (actual value - internal set-point) = deviation alarm to
internal set-pointNote: Monitoring with the internal set-point Wint. For example using a ramp it is thetarget setpoint, not the changing set-point of the ramp.
9 Difference x1 - x2 (e.g. in combination with the process value function "Mean value",applicable for detecting aged thermocouples), difference between first and second processvalue.
11 Control deviation Xw (= relative alarm) with suppression during start-up and setpointchange. Limit value monitoring is continued as soon as the control deviation comes withinthe alarm limits again.
PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Lower limit value. The alarm is triggered if the value falls below thelimit, and is reset with lower limit value plus hysteresis.
L.2103921858426776
37168r/w Float -1999...99992200base1dP2dP3dP
Upper limit value. The alarm is triggered if the value rises above thelimit, and is reset with upper lower limit value plus hysteresis.
H.2103931858526777
37170r/w Float -1999...99992201base1dP2dP3dP
Hysteresis of the limit value. Switching difference for upper andlower limit value. The limit value must change by this amount (riseabove upper limit or fall below lower limit) before the limit valuealarm is reset.
HYS.2103941858626778
37172r/w Float 0...99992202base1dP2dP3dP
Delayed alarm of a limit value. The alarm is only triggered after thedefined delay time. It is only indicated, and possibly stored, if it isstill present after the delay time has elapsed.
dEL.2103951858726779
37174r/w Float 0...99992203base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 26PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Lim26SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_LimStatus Limit value status: No alarm present or stored.St.Lim104621865426846
37308r Enum2270base1dP2dP3dP
0 no alarm1 latched alarm2 A limit value has been exceeded.
Lim37ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Fcn Activation and adjustment of the limit value alarm (e.g. for inputcircuit monitoring), e.g. with/without storage.
Fnc.3105421873426926
37468r/w Enum2350base1dP2dP3dP
0 No limit value monitoring.1 measured value monitoring. The alarm signal is generated, if the limit is exceeded. If the
measured value is within the limits (including hysteresis) again, this alarm signal isresetted.
2 Measured value monitoring + alarm status latch. An alarm signal is generated, if the limitis exceeded. A latched alarm signal remains latched until it is manually resetted.
3 Signal monitoring for rate of change (per minute).4 Signal monitoring for rate of change (per minute) + storage of the alarm status.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 27PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Lim37ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Src Source for limit value. Selection of which value is to be monitored.Src.3105431873526927
37470r/w Enum2351base1dP2dP3dP
0 Process value = absolute alarm1 control deviation xw (process value - set-point) = relative alarm
Note: Monitoring with the effective set-point Weff. For example using a ramp it is thechanging set-point, not the target set-point of the ramp.
2 Control deviation Xw (= relative alarm) with suppression during start-up and setpointchanges. Limit value monitoring is continued as soon as the control deviation comeswithin the alarm limits again, at the latest after 10 * Tn.
3 Measured value of the analog input INP1.4 Measured value of the analog input INP2.5 Measured value of the analog input INP3.6 effective set-point Weff.
For example the ramp-function changes the effective set-point untill it matches theinternal (target) set-point.
7 correcting variable y (controller output)8 control variable deviation xw (actual value - internal set-point) = deviation alarm to
internal set-pointNote: Monitoring with the internal set-point Wint. For example using a ramp it is thetarget setpoint, not the changing set-point of the ramp.
9 Difference x1 - x2 (e.g. in combination with the process value function "Mean value",applicable for detecting aged thermocouples), difference between first and second processvalue.
11 Control deviation Xw (= relative alarm) with suppression during start-up and setpointchange. Limit value monitoring is continued as soon as the control deviation comes withinthe alarm limits again.
PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Lower limit value. The alarm is triggered if the value falls below thelimit, and is reset with lower limit value plus hysteresis.
L.3104921868426876
37368r/w Float -1999...99992300base1dP2dP3dP
Upper limit value. The alarm is triggered if the value rises above thelimit, and is reset with upper lower limit value plus hysteresis.
H.3104931868526877
37370r/w Float -1999...99992301base1dP2dP3dP
Hysteresis of the limit value. Switching difference for upper andlower limit value. The limit value must change by this amount (riseabove upper limit or fall below lower limit) before the limit valuealarm is reset.
HYS.3104941868626878
37372r/w Float 0...99992302base1dP2dP3dP
Delayed alarm of a limit value. The alarm is only triggered after thedefined delay time. It is only indicated, and possibly stored, if it isstill present after the delay time has elapsed.
dEL.3104951868726879
37374r/w Float 0...99992303base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 28PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Lim37SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_LimStatus Limit value status: No alarm present or stored.St.Lim105621875426946
37508r Enum2370base1dP2dP3dP
0 no alarm1 latched alarm2 A limit value has been exceeded.
LOGI8ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_dInP1 Local / remote switchover (Remote: Adjustment of all values via thefront panel is blocked).
L_r9243
1743525627
34870r/w Enum1051base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)1 always active2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.
Enum_dInP4 Source of the control signal for activating the second (safety)setpoint (SP.2=) W2.Note: W2 is not restricted by the setpoint limits.
SP.29244
1743625628
34872r/w Enum1052base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.
Enum_dInP1 Switching between internal set-point an external setpoint SP.E. Theexternal SP.E is either the absolute set-point Wext or the offset tothe set-point (dependent on instrument and configuration).
SP.E9245
1743725629
34874r/w Enum1053base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)1 always active2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 29PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
LOGI8ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_dInP3 Source of the control signal for activating the second positioningoutput Y2. Activated Y2 = positioner control.Caution: The parameter 'positioning output Y2' must not beconfused with the controller output Y2!
Y29246
1743825630
34876r/w Enum1054base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.6 Auto/manual key switches (A/M key)
Enum_dInP2 Signal for activating the external output value. The internal outputvalue Ypid is the controllers reaction on the process, with externaloutput value Y.E the controller output is controlled.
Y.E9247
1743925631
34878r/w Enum1055base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)1 always activated (manual station)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.6 Auto/manual key switches (A/M key)
Enum_dInp2 Source of the control signal for auto/manual switchover. In theautomatic mode, the controller is in charge. In the manual mode,the outputs can be varied independently of the process.
mAn9248
1744025632
34880r/w Enum1056base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)1 always activated (manual station)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.6 Auto/manual key switches (A/M key)
Enum_dInP3 Source of the control signal for disabling all the controlleroutputs.Note: Forcing has priority, and remains active; alarmprocessing also remains active.
C.oFF9249
1744125633
34882r/w Enum1057base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.6 Auto/manual key switches (A/M key)
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 30PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
LOGI8ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_dInp4 Source of the control signal to disable the auto/manual key. If theA/M key is disabled, switchover to manual operation is notpossible.
m.Loc9250
1744225634
34884r/w Enum1058base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.
Enum_dInP3 Source of the control signal for resetting all stored entries in theerror list (the list contains all error messages and alarms). If analarm is still present, i.e. the source of trouble has not beenremedied, stored alarms cannot be acknowledged (reset).
Err.r9251
1744325635
34886r/w Enum1059base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.6 Auto/manual key switches (A/M key)
Enum_dInP4 Source of the control signal for switchover between the twoparameter sets. The second parameter set is complete, andcomprises Pb (= proportional band), ti (= integral action time), and td(= derivative action time) for heating and for cooling. All othercontrol parameters, e.g. the switching duty cycles, are valid for bothparameter sets.
Pid.29253
1744525637
34890r/w Enum1061base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.
Enum_dInP4 Signal source for switching the effective process value between thefirst process value X1 and second process value X2.
I.Chg9256
1744825640
34896r/w Enum1064base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 31PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
LOGI8ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_diFn Function of digital inputs (valid for all inputs)di.Fn9242
1743425626
34868r/w Enum1050base1dP2dP3dP
0 Basic setting 'Off': A permanent positive signal switches this function 'On', which isconnected to the digital input. Removal of the signal switches the function 'Off' again.
1 Basic setting 'On': A permanent positive signal switches this function 'Off', which isconnected to the digital input. Removal of the signal switches the function 'On' again.
2 Push-button function. Basic setting 'Off'. Only positive signals are effective. The firstpositive signal switches 'On'. Removal of the signal is necessary before the next positivesignal can switch 'Off'.
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Status of the digital inputs or of push-buttons (binary coded).
Bit 0 Input 1Bit 1 Input 2Bit 2 Input 3Bit 8 Status of 'F' keyBit 9 Status of 'A/M' keyBit 10 Status of 'Sel' keyBit 11 Status of 'Down' keyBit 12 Status of 'Up' keyBit 13 Status of 'Loc' key
St.Di9262
1745425646
34908r Int 0...71070base1dP2dP3dP
Remote operation. Remote means that all values can only beadjusted via the interface. Adjustments via the front panel areblocked.
L-R9272
1746425656
34928r/w Int 0...11080base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for activating the second (safety) setpoint (SP.2=) W2.Note: Setpoint W2 is not restricted by the setpoint limits!
W_W29273
1746525657
34930r/w Int 0...11081base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for activating the external setpoint value. SP.E is the externalsetpoint, or dependent on the device and configuration of thesetpoint shift.
Wi_We9274
1746625658
34932r/w Int 0...11082base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for activating the 2nd output value Y2. With selected Y2, theoutput is operated as a positioner.Caution: Do not confuse theparameter 'fixed output Y2' with the controller output Y2!
Y_Y29275
1746725659
34934r/w Int 0...11083base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for activating the external positioning value. The controller isoperated as positioner.
Y_Y.E9276
1746825660
34936r/w Int 0...11084base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 32PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
LOGI8SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Signal for activating manual operation. In the manual mode, thecontroller provides output signals independent of the process.
A-M9277
1746925661
34938r/w Int 0...11085base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for disabling all the controller outputs.Note: Forcing has priority; alarm processing remains active.
C.Off9278
1747025662
34940r/w Int 0...11086base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for disabling manual operation. Triggers a forced switchoverto automatic mode, and disables the front panel A/M key (also ifother functions have been assigned to the key).
L.AM9279
1747125663
34942r/w Int 0...11087base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for resetting the entire error list. The error list contains allerrors that are reported, e.g. device faults and limit values. It alsocontains queued as well as stored errors after their correction. Thereset acknowledges all errors, whereby queued errors will reappearafter the next error detection (measurement).
Err.r9280
1747225664
34944r/w Int 0...11088base1dP2dP3dP
Reset of the alarm triggered by a solid-state relay (SSR).SSRs are mostly used for frequent switching of heating elements,because they have no mechanical contacts that can wear out.However, an unnoticed short circuit could lead to overheating of themachine.
SSR.Res9281
1747325665
34946r/w Int 0...11089base1dP2dP3dP
Switch-over of parameter set. The 2nd parameter set contains onecomplete set each of Pb (= proportional band), ti (= integral actiontime), and td (= derivative action time) for heating and for cooling.All other control parameters, such as switching duty cycles, arevalid for both parameter sets.
Set1.29283
1747525667
34950r/w Int 0...11091base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing of digital inputs. Forcing involves the external operation ofat least one input. The instrument takes over this input value(preset value for inputs from a superordinate system, e.g. for afunction test.)
Bit 0 Forcing of digital input 1Bit 1 Forcing of digital input 2Bit 2 Forcing of digital input 3Bit 3 Forcing of digital input 4Bit 4 Forcing of digital input 5
F.Di9286
1747825670
34956r/w Int 0...71094base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for switching the effective process value between the firstprocess value X1 and second process value X2.
I.Chg9287
1747925671
34958r/w Int 0...11095base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 33PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
ohnE9ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_ContrDis3 Display 3 of controller Operating Level (only visible withEngineering Tool), e.g. text only, value display or bargraph. If textonly is selected, this is fixed in the display. With the other settings,entering a text causes the display to switch cyclically from one tothe other.
CDis38318
1651024702
33020r/w Enum126base1dP2dP3dP
0 No value / only a fixed text.1 value display2 Output value as a bargraph.3 Control deviation as a bargraph.4 Process value as a bargraph.
This address consists of 2 float data transferred always together:1st data defines the number of operating hours after reaching InF.1will be set.2nd data defines the number of duty cycles after reaching InF.2 willbe set.
ContStdS8312
1650424696
33008r/w Float 1...9999999120base1dP2dP3dP
This address consists of 2 bytes, which can only be transmittedtogether:1st datum defines which inputs are to be forced.Bit 0 = analog Input 1Bit 1 = analog Input 2Bit 2 = analog Input 3Bit 3 = not usedBit 4 = digital Input 1Bit 5 = digital Input 2Bit 6 = digital Input 3Bit 7 = not used2nd datum defines which outputs are to be forced.Bit 0 = Output 1Bit 1 = Output 2Bit 2 = Output 3Bit 3 = Output 4Bit 4 = Output 5Bit 5 = Output 6
DigForc8313
1650524697
33010r/w Int 0...255121base1dP2dP3dP
This address consists of 9 words. The words can only betransmitted together. The first 8 words describe the data to bedisplayed in the extended Operating Level. The 9th word definesthe datum to be shown in the 2nd display value (instead of thesetpoint). The basic address is to be entered as the value.
ErwBedie8316
1650824700
33016r/w Int 0...8000124base1dP2dP3dP
16 float values for linearization table with 16 entriesstructure:input1, output1input2, output2...Input values must be strictly monotonous rising. Starting frominput3 a switching off value can be given.
Lin8331
1652324715
33046r/w Float -9999...9999139base1dP2dP3dP
This address consists of 2 rsp. 3 bytes defining the release ofoperating levels. They can olny be transferred together.byte 1 blocking of operating levelstandard device:byte 2 blocking of operating levelprogrammer:byte 2 blocking of programmer levelbyte 3 blocking of operating level (content on request)
LocBedie8315
1650724699
33014r/w Int 0...255123base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 34PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
ohnE9ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Password. 4-digit number for the password-protected access toblocked operating functions such as e.g. the Calibrating Level.
Pass8317
1650924701
33018r/w Int 0...9999125base1dP2dP3dP
This address contains 8 bytes for the text that is to appear inDisplay 3.No text: 1st byte 0x00.
T.dis39092
1728425476
34568r/w Text 0...255900base1dP2dP3dP
This address contains 16 bytes.Bytes 1 – 8: user-defined text for message Inf.1Bytes 9 – 16: user-defined text for message Inf.2No text: 1st byte 0x00
T.Inf9093
1728525477
34570r/w Text 0...255901base1dP2dP3dP
Display cycle for Display 3 in seconds. If a value or a bargraph isshown in Display 3, an additional text can be selected. The text isdisplayed briefly after every cycle time instead of the value orbargraph.
Tdis38320
1651224704
33024r/w Int 2...60128base1dP2dP3dP
Address, which defines the display value in Display 3.ValuDis38319
1651124703
33022r/w Int 0...8000127base1dP2dP3dP
This address consists of 55 bytes, which define the visibility mask.They can be transferred only together. The mask defines theconfigurations and parameter represented in the operation(contents on request).
VisibelM9095
1728725479
34574r/w Int 0...255903base1dP2dP3dP
PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Start/Stop and abortion of the configuration mode0 = End of configuration1 = Start of configuration2 = Abort configuration
Conf8193
1638524577
32770r/w Int 0...21base1dP2dP3dP
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Aenderungsflag Status message indicating that parameter / configuration havebeen changed via the front panel.
UPD8287
1647924671
32958r/w Enum95base1dP2dP3dP
0 No change via the front panel keys.1 A change has been made via the front panel keys, which must be processed.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 35PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
ohnE9SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off DescriptionHw.Opt
83921658424776
33168r Int 0...65535200base1dP2dP3dP
Software version XY Major and Minor Release (e.g. 21 = Version2.1). The software version specifies the firmware in the unit. For thecorrect interaction of E-Tool and device, it must match the operatingversion (OpVersion) in the E-Tool.
Sw.Op8393
1658524777
33170r Int 0...255201base1dP2dP3dP
Operating version (numeric value). For the correct interaction ofE-Tool and device, the software version and operating version mustmatch.
Bed.V8394
1658624778
33172r Int 0...255202base1dP2dP3dP
Identification of the device.Unit8395
1658724779
33174r Int 0...255203base1dP2dP3dP
The sub-version number is given as an additional index for precisedefinition of software version.
S.Vers8396
1658824780
33176r Int 100...255204base1dP2dP3dP
Device identification. Via this Modbus address, up to 14 data units(28 bytes) can be defined.Bytes 1 - 15 order number of the deviceBytes 16 - 19 Ident number 1Bytes 20 + 21 Ident number 2Bytes 22 - 25 OEM numberBytes 26 - 28 Software order number
Uident9102
1729425486
34588r Text ...910base1dP2dP3dP
Internal device dataIntUnitD9103
1729525487
34590r Text ...911base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 36PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
ohnE9SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Alarm status: Bit-wise coded status of the individual alarms, e.g.exceeded limit value or Loop.
Bit 0 Existing/stored exceeded limit 1Bit 1 Existing/stored exceeded limit 2Bit 2 Existing/stored exceeded limit 3Bit 3 Not usedBit 4 Existing/stored loop alarmBit 5 Existing/stored heating current alarmBit 6 Existing/stored SSR alarmBit 7 Not usedBit 8 Existing exceeded limit 1Bit 9 Existing exceeded limit 2Bit 10 Existing exceeded limit 3Bit 11 Not usedBit 12 Existing loop alarmBit 13 Existing heating current alarmBit 14 Existing SSR alarmBit 15 Not used
St.Ala8442
1663424826
33268r Int 0...31250base1dP2dP3dP
Status of the digital outputsBit 0 digital output 1Bit 1 digital output 2Bit 2 digital output 3Bit 3 digital output 4Bit 4 digital output 5 Bit 5 digital output 6
St.Do8443
1663524827
33270r Int 0...31251base1dP2dP3dP
Bit-coded status of the analog input (fault, e.g. short circuit)
Bit 0 Break at Input 1Bit 1 Reversed polarity at Input 1Bit 2 Short circuit at Input 1Bit 3 Not usedBit 4 Break at Input 2Bit 5 Reversed polarity at Input 2Bit 6 Short-circuit at Input 2Bit 7 Not usedBit 8 Break at Input 3 (only KS 90)Bit 9 Reversed polarity at Input 3 (only KS 90)Bit 10 Short-circuit at Input 3 (only KS 90)Bit 11 Not used
St.Ain8444
1663624828
33272r Int 0...7252base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 37PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
ohnE9SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Status of the digital inputs or of push-buttons (binary coded).
Bit 0 Input 1Bit 1 Input 2Bit 2 Input 3Bit 8 Status of 'F' keyBit 9 Status of 'A/M' keyBit 10 Status of 'Sel' keyBit 11 Status of 'Down' keyBit 12 Status of 'Up' keyBit 13 Status of 'Loc' key
St.Di8445
1663724829
33274r Int 0...7253base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing of digital inputs. Forcing involves the external operation ofat least one input. The instrument takes over this input value(preset value for inputs from a superordinate system, e.g. for afunction test.)
Bit 0 Forcing of digital input 1Bit 1 Forcing of digital input 2Bit 2 Forcing of digital input 3Bit 3 Forcing of digital input 4Bit 4 Forcing of digital input 5
F.Di8495
1668724879
33374r/w Int 0...1303base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing of digital outputs. Forcing involves the external operation ofat least one output. The instrument has no influence on this output(use of free outputs by superordinate system).
F.Do8496
1668824880
33376r/w Int 0...15304base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_DacStart Start of the automatic calibration for the Yp input (DAC function).On all controllers with position feedback Yp, the actuator can bemonitored for possible malfunctions, e.g. a motor defect orexcessive play due to wear. In case of a disturbance, the controllerswitches into manual operation and switches the outputs off.
dAc.S117621995428146
39908r/w Enum3570base1dP2dP3dP
0 Calibration disabled.1 Calibration started.2 Searches for a value for the average change.3 Search for the 0% calibration values4 Calibration value for 0% was found.5 Search for the 100% calibration values6 Calibration value for 100% was found.7 Returns to the starting point of the calibration.8 Calibration has been completed successfully.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 38PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
ohnE9SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_DacAlarm Fault in the DAC function. On all controllers with position feedbackYp, the actuator can be monitored for possible malfunctions, e.g. amotor defect or excessive play due to wear. In case of adisturbance, the controller switches into manual operation andswitches the outputs off.
dAc.A117731996528157
39930r Enum3581base1dP2dP3dP
0 no error3 Output is blocked - check the drive for blockage
After solving the technical problem the DAC errror can be acknowledged in theerror list. Thereafter the controller works again in normal operation mode.
4 Wrong method of operation - rong phasing, defect motor capacitorAfter solving the technical problem the DAC errror can be acknowledged in theerror list. Thereafter the controller works again in normal operation mode.
5 Fail at Yp measurement - check the connection to the Yp inputAfter solving the technical problem the DAC errror can be acknowledged in theerror list. Thereafter the controller works again in normal operation mode.
6 Calibration error - manual calibration necessaryAfter solving the technical problem the DAC errror can be acknowledged in theerror list. Thereafter the controller works again in normal operation mode.
ohnE110SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Measurement value after the measurement value correction (e.g.with offset or 2-point correction, and scaling).
In.18424
1661624808
33232r Float -1999...9999232base1dP2dP3dP
Measurement value before the measurement value correction(unprocessed).
In.1r8432
1662424816
33248r Float -1999...9999240base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing the value for an analog input INP. Forcing involves theexternal operation of an input. The instrument takes over the valueat this input like a measurement value (preset value for inputs froma superordinate system, e.g. for a function test.)
F.Inp8492
1668424876
33368r/w Float -1999...9999300base1dP2dP3dP
ohnE211SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Measurement value after the measurement value correction (e.g.with offset or 2-point correction, and scaling).
In.28425
1661724809
33234r Float -1999...9999233base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 39PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
ohnE211SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Measurement value before the measurement value correction(unprocessed).
In.2r8433
1662524817
33250r Float -1999...9999241base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing the value for an analog input INP. Forcing involves theexternal operation of an input. The instrument takes over the valueat this input like a measurement value (preset value for inputs froma superordinate system, e.g. for a function test.)
F.Inp8493
1668524877
33370r/w Float -1999...9999301base1dP2dP3dP
ohnE312SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Measurement value after the measurement value correction (e.g.with offset or 2-point correction, and scaling).
In.38426
1661824810
33236r Float -1999...9999234base1dP2dP3dP
Measurement value before the measurement value correction(unprocessed).
In.3r8434
1662624818
33252r Float -1999...9999242base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing the value for an analog input INP. Forcing involves theexternal operation of an input. The instrument takes over the valueat this input like a measurement value (preset value for inputs froma superordinate system, e.g. for a function test.)
F.Inp8494
1668624878
33372r/w Float -1999...9999302base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing value of the analog output. Forcing involves the externaloperation of an output, i.e. the instrument has no influence on thisoutput. (Used for the operation of free outputs e.g. by a supervisoryPLC.)
F.Out18497
1668924881
33378r/w Float 0...120305base1dP2dP3dP
ohnE413SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Forcing value of the analog output. Forcing involves the externaloperation of an output, i.e. the instrument has no influence on thisoutput. (Used for the operation of free outputs e.g. by a supervisoryPLC.)
F.Out28498
1669024882
33380r/w Float 0...120306base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 40PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
othr14ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Baud Bit rate of the interface (only visible with OPTION). The bit ratedetermines the transmission speed.
bAud8372
1656424756
33128r/w Enum180base1dP2dP3dP
0 2400 Baud1 4800 Baud2 9600 Baud3 19200 Baud
Address on the interface (only visible with OPTION)Addr8373
1656524757
33130r/w Int 1...247181base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_Parity Parity of data on the interface (only visible with OPTION). Simplepossibility of checking that transferred data is correct.
PrtY8374
1656624758
33132r/w Enum182base1dP2dP3dP
0 No parity, with 2 stop bits.1 even parity2 odd parity3 no parity (1 stop bit)
Response delay [ms] (only visible with OPTION). Additional delaytime before the received message may be answered on theModbus. (Might be necessary, if the same line is used fortransmit/receive.)
dELY8375
1656724759
33134r/w Int 0...200183base1dP2dP3dP
Address of the device on the PROFIBUS. The address identifies thedevice clearly.
dp.Ad8387
1657924771
33158r/w Int 0...126195base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_BackupControl behaviour as backup controller. The control function is done by themaster. The instrument provides the display, reads the measuredvalues and outputs the correcting variable. If bus communication (orthe master) fails, the controller changes to normal operation.
bc.uP8388
1658024772
33160r/w Enum196base1dP2dP3dP
0 The backup function is not active.1 With backup function. Operates in the positioner mode as long as bus communication is
functional. If bus communication (or the master) fails, the controller changes to normaloperation.
O2Unit Parameter definition for O2 measurement. With O2 measurement itis necessary to define whether the parameter is to be evaluated inppm or %.
O28365
1655724749
33114r/w Enum173base1dP2dP3dP
0 Parameter for O2 function in ppm1 Parameter for O2 function in %
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 41PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
othr14ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Unit Physical unit (temperature), f.e.°CUnit8362
1655424746
33108r/w Enum170base1dP2dP3dP
0 without unit1 °C2 °F
Enum_dP Decimal point (max. no of decimals). Format of the measured valuedisplay.
dP8363
1655524747
33110r/w Enum171base1dP2dP3dP
0 no digit behind the decimal point1 Display has one decimal.2 Display has two decimals.3 Display has three decimals.
Enum_Led Meaning of the signalling LEDs. Selection of a combination of thedisplayable signals.
LEd8382
1657424766
33148r/w Enum190base1dP2dP3dP
10 The digital outputs OUT1, OUT2, OUT3, and OUT4 are displayed.11 Display of controller output y1 (heating / open), alarm1, alarm2, alarm312 Display of controller output y1 (heating / open), controller output y2 (cooling / close),
alarm1, alarm213 Display of controller output y2 (cooling / close), controller output y1 (heating / open),
alarm1, alarm2
Brightness of the display.dISP8364
1655624748
33112r/w Int 0...10172base1dP2dP3dP
For both interfaces, Modbus only. Additional acceptable delay timebetween 2 received bytes, before "end of message" is assumed.This time is needed if data is not transmitted continousely by themodem.
C.dEL8376
1656824760
33136r/w Int 0...200184base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_FrEq Switchover of the applied mains frequency 50 / 60 Hz, therebybetter adaptation of the input filter for hum suppression.
FrEq8342
1653424726
33068r/w Enum150base1dP2dP3dP
0 Mains frequency is 50 Hz.1 Mains frequency is 60 Hz.
Enum_MASt Device works as Modbus master.The communication is executed according to the master/slaveprinciple, whereby the device can be operated as master or asslave. Operation as master must be configured here.
MASt8377
1656924761
33138r/w Enum185base1dP2dP3dP
0 No, the unit is operated as a Modbus slave.1 Yes, the unit is operated as a Modbus master.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 42PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
othr14ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Cycle time (in seconds) during which the Modbus master transmitsits message on the bus.
Cycl8378
1657024762
33140r/w Int 0...200186base1dP2dP3dP
Target address to which the data specified with AdrU are output onthe bus.
AdrO8379
1657124763
33142r/w Int 1...65535187base1dP2dP3dP
Modbus address of the data output on the bus by the Modbusmaster.
AdrU8380
1657224764
33144r/w Int 1...65535188base1dP2dP3dP
Quantity of data that are to be transmitted from the Modbusmaster.
Numb8381
1657324765
33146r/w Int 0...100189base1dP2dP3dP
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Defect Err 1 (internal error)Contact Service.
E.18402
1659424786
33188r/w Enum210base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault exists (Reset).2 The device is defective.
Problem Err 2 (internal error, resettable)(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
E.28403
1659524787
33190r/w Enum211base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting possible (Reset).1 A fault has occurred and has been stored.
Break Sensor break at input INP1.Typical causes and suggested remedies:Sensor fault: replace INP1 sensor.Wiring fault: check connections of INP1.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
FbF.18404
1659624788
33192r/w Enum212base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the sensor break alarm possible (Reset).1 The sensor fault alarm has been triggered and stored; the fault is no longer present. The
operator must acknowledge the error message in order to delete it from the error list.2 Sensor break: The sensor is defective or there is a wiring fault.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 43PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
othr14SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Short Short circuit at input INP1.Typical causes and suggested remedies:Sensor fault: replace INP1 sensor.Wiring fault: check connections of INP1.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
Sht.18405
1659724789
33194r/w Enum213base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the short-circuit alarm possible (Reset).1 A short-circuit fault has occurred and has been stored.2 A short-circuit fault has occurred.
Polarity Incorrect polarity at input INP1.Suggested remedy: reverse the polarity at INP1.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
POL.18406
1659824790
33196r/w Enum214base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the incorrect polarity alarm possible (Reset).1 An incorrect polarity fault has occurred and has been stored.2 Incorrect polarity. The wiring of the input circuit is not correct.
Break Sensor break at input INP2.Typical causes and suggested remedies:Sensor fault: replace INP2 sensor.Wiring fault: check connections of INP2.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
FbF.28407
1659924791
33198r/w Enum215base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the sensor break alarm possible (Reset).1 The sensor fault alarm has been triggered and stored; the fault is no longer present. The
operator must acknowledge the error message in order to delete it from the error list.2 Sensor break: The sensor is defective or there is a wiring fault.
Short Short circuit at input INP2.Typical causes and suggested remedies:Sensor fault: replace INP2 sensor.Wiring fault: check connections of INP2.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
Sht.28408
1660024792
33200r/w Enum216base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the short-circuit alarm possible (Reset).1 A short-circuit fault has occurred and has been stored.2 A short-circuit fault has occurred.
Polarity Incorrect polarity at input INP2.Suggested remedy: reverse the polarity at INP2.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
POL.28409
1660124793
33202r/w Enum217base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the incorrect polarity alarm possible (Reset).1 An incorrect polarity fault has occurred and has been stored.2 Incorrect polarity. The wiring of the input circuit is not correct.
HeatCurr Heating current alarm.Possible fault s are an open heating currentcircuit with current I < heating current limit, or current I > heatingcurrent limit (depending on configuration), or defective heaterband.Suggested remedy: check heating current circuit, replaceheater band if necessary.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
HCA8410
1660224794
33204r/w Enum218base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the heating current alarm possible (Reset).1 A heating current fault has occurred and has been stored.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 44PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
othr14SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Short Alarm message: SSrPossible causes: a current flow in the heating circuit althoughcontroller is 'off', or the SSR is defective.Suggested remedy: check heating current circuit, replace thesolid-state relay, if necessary.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
SSr8411
1660324795
33206r/w Enum219base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the short-circuit alarm possible (Reset).1 A short-circuit fault has occurred and has been stored.2 A short-circuit fault has occurred.
LoopAlarm Alarm message: LooPPossible causes: faulty or incorrectly connected input circuit, oroutput not connected correctly.Suggested remedy: check heating or cooling circuit, check sensorfunction and replace if necessary, check controller and outputswitching actuator.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
LooP8412
1660424796
33208r/w Enum220base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the loop alarm possible (Reset).1 A control loop fault has occurred and has been stored.2 A control loop fault has occurred, there was no clear process response following a step
change of the output.
Tune Error message from "heating" self-tuning and reason for abortedtuning attempt.Hints for trouble-shooting: Check operating sense of actuator. Is theloop closed? Is there an output limit? Adapt the setpoint. Increasestep output for Yopt.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
AdA.H8413
1660524797
33210r/w Enum221base1dP2dP3dP
0 no error3 Process responds in the wrong direction.
Possible remedy: Check the output signal sense (inverse <-> direct), and re-configure thecontroller if necessary (inverse <-> direct).
4 No response from the process. Perhaps the control loop is open.Possible remedy: Check sensor, connections, and process.
5 The process value turning point of the step response is too low.Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
6 Self-tuning was aborted due to the risk of an exceeded setpoint.Possible remedy: Repeat the attempt with an increased setpoint reserve.
7 The step output change is not large enough (minimum change > 5 %).Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
8 Setpoint reserve must be given before generating the step output change.Possible remedy: decrease set-point range, change set-point, or change process value.
9 The pulse response attempt has failed. No useful parameters were determined. Perhapsthe control loop is open.Possible remedy: Check sensor, connections, and process.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 45PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
othr14SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Tune Error message from "cooling" self-tuning and reason for abortedtuning attempt.Hints for trouble-shooting: Check operating sense of actuator. Is theloop closed? Is there an output limit? Adapt the setpoint. Increasestep output for Yopt.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
AdA.C8414
1660624798
33212r/w Enum222base1dP2dP3dP
0 no error3 Process responds in the wrong direction.
Possible remedy: Check the output signal sense (inverse <-> direct), and re-configure thecontroller if necessary (inverse <-> direct).
4 No response from the process. Perhaps the control loop is open.Possible remedy: Check sensor, connections, and process.
5 The process value turning point of the step response is too low.Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
6 Self-tuning was aborted due to the risk of an exceeded setpoint.Possible remedy: Repeat the attempt with an increased setpoint reserve.
7 The step output change is not large enough (minimum change > 5 %).Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
8 Setpoint reserve must be given before generating the step output change.Possible remedy: decrease set-point range, change set-point, or change process value.
9 The pulse response attempt has failed. No useful parameters were determined. Perhapsthe control loop is open.Possible remedy: Check sensor, connections, and process.
Limit Limit value 1 exceeded.Hint for trouble-shooting: check the process.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
Lim.18415
1660724799
33214r/w Enum223base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the limit value alarm possible (Reset).1 The limit value has been exceeded, and the fault has been stored.2 The limit value has been exceeded; the monitored (measurement) value is outside the set
limits.
Limit Limit value 2 exceeded.Hint for trouble-shooting: check the process.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
Lim.28416
1660824800
33216r/w Enum224base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the limit value alarm possible (Reset).1 The limit value has been exceeded, and the fault has been stored.2 The limit value has been exceeded; the monitored (measurement) value is outside the set
limits.
Limit Limit value 3 exceeded.Hint for trouble-shooting: check the process.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
Lim.38417
1660924801
33218r/w Enum225base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the limit value alarm possible (Reset).1 The limit value has been exceeded, and the fault has been stored.2 The limit value has been exceeded; the monitored (measurement) value is outside the set
limits.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 46PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
othr14SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Time Message from the operating hours counter that the preset no. ofhours for this maintenance period has been reached. The op-hourscounter for the maintenance period is reset when this message isacknowledged. Counting the operating hours is used for preventivemaintenance. - Acknowledge the error to reset it.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
InF.18418
1661024802
33220r/w Enum226base1dP2dP3dP
0 No signal, resetting of the time limit signal possible (Reset).1 Operating hours - limit value (maintenance period) reached: please acknowledge.
Switch Message from the switching cycle counter that the preset no. ofswitch cycles for this maintenance period has been reached. Thecycle counter for the maintenance period is reset when thismessage is acknowledged. Counting the switching cycles is usedfor preventive maintenance. - Acknowledge the error to reset it.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
InF.28419
1661124803
33222r/w Enum227base1dP2dP3dP
0 No error message, resetting of the switching cycle counter possible (Reset).1 Set limit of the switching cycle counter (maintenance period) has been reached: please
acknowledge.
Problem Hardware fault.Cause: Code number and hardware are notidentical.Remedy: Contact Service.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
E.48420
1661224804
33224r/w Enum228base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting possible (Reset).1 A fault has occurred and has been stored.
Break3 Sensor break at input INP3.Typical causes and suggested remedies:Sensor fault: replace INP3 sensor.Wiring fault: check connections of INP3.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
FbF.38592
1678424976
33568r/w Enum400base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the sensor break alarm possible (Reset).1 The sensor fault alarm has been triggered and stored; the fault is no longer present. The
operator must acknowledge the error message in order to delete it from the error list.2 Sensor break: The sensor is defective or there is a wiring fault.
Short3 Short circuit at input INP3.Typical causes and suggested remedies:Sensor fault: replace INP3 sensor.Wiring fault: check connections of INP3.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
Sht.38593
1678524977
33570r/w Enum401base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the short-circuit alarm possible (Reset).1 A short-circuit fault has occurred and has been stored.2 A short-circuit fault has occurred.
Polarity3 Incorrect polarity at input INP3.Suggested remedy: reverse the polarity at INP3.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
POL.38594
1678624978
33572r/w Enum402base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the incorrect polarity alarm possible (Reset).1 An incorrect polarity fault has occurred and has been stored.2 Incorrect polarity. The wiring of the input circuit is not correct.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 47PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
othr14SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
ConfErr configuration fault.Typical causes and suggested remedies:Missing or faulty configuration: check interactions in theconfiguration and parameter settings.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
E.38595
1678724979
33574r/w Enum403base1dP2dP3dP
0 No configuration error2 There is a configuration error. The configuration is missing or wrong, or it does not match
the parameter settings.
Enum_DacAlarm DAC alarm, possibly with cause.On all controllers with position feedback Yp, the actuator can bemonitored for incorrect operation, e.g. defective motor or excessiveplay due to wear. In all cases, the controller changes into manualoperation and switches the outputs off.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
dAc8596
1678824980
33576r/w Enum404base1dP2dP3dP
0 no error3 Output is blocked - check the drive for blockage
After solving the technical problem the DAC errror can be acknowledged in theerror list. Thereafter the controller works again in normal operation mode.
4 Wrong method of operation - rong phasing, defect motor capacitorAfter solving the technical problem the DAC errror can be acknowledged in theerror list. Thereafter the controller works again in normal operation mode.
5 Fail at Yp measurement - check the connection to the Yp inputAfter solving the technical problem the DAC errror can be acknowledged in theerror list. Thereafter the controller works again in normal operation mode.
6 Calibration error - manual calibration necessaryAfter solving the technical problem the DAC errror can be acknowledged in theerror list. Thereafter the controller works again in normal operation mode.
E5 PROFIBUS fault.Problem (1): The fault occurrence has been stored. The fault is nolonger present, but has not yet been acknowledged.Defect (2): The PROFIBUS communication is faulty. Please contactService.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
E.58602
1679424986
33588r/w Enum410base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting possible (Reset).1 A Profibus error has occurred and has been stored.2 Please contact Service.
Problem_dp PROFIBUS access fault.Possible causes: bus fault, connector problem or no connection tobus.Possible remedies: Check bus cable, check connector & leads.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
dP.18603
1679524987
33590r/w Enum411base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting possible (Reset).2 A Profibus fault has occurred, there is no communication.
Problem_dp PROFIBUS configuration fault.Possible cause: incorrectly configured DP telegram.Suggested remedy: check DP telegram configuration in the master.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
dP.28604
1679624988
33592r/w Enum412base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting possible (Reset).2 A Profibus fault has occurred, there is no communication.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 48PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
othr14SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Problem_dp PROFIBUS parameter fault.Possible cause: incorrect parameters in DP telegram.Suggested remedy: check DP telegram parameters in the master(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
dP.38605
1679724989
33594r/w Enum413base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting possible (Reset).2 A Profibus fault has occurred, there is no communication.
Problem_dp PROFIBUS data exchange fault.No exchange of user data.Possible causes: bus fault, address fault, master stopped.Suggested remedy: check cable connections, check address, checkmaster setting.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
dP.48606
1679824990
33596r/w Enum414base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting possible (Reset).2 A Profibus fault has occurred, there is no communication.
Out.115ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_OAct Operating sense of the switching output.Direct: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output ON;Inverse: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output OFF.
O.Act123422053428726
41068r/w Enum4150base1dP2dP3dP
0 direct / normally open1 inverse / normally closed
Enum_Y1 Output function: Controller output Y1Y.1123432053528727
41070r/w Enum4151base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y1.
Enum_Y2 Output function: Controller output Y2. Caution: Do not confuse thecontroller output Y2 with the parameter 'Fixed output Y2' !
Y.2123442053628728
41072r/w Enum4152base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y2.
Enum_Lim1 Output function: Signal limit 1Lim.1123452053728729
41074r/w Enum4153base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 1.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 49PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Out.115ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Lim2 Output function: Signal limit 2Lim.2123462053828730
41076r/w Enum4154base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 2.
Enum_Lim3 Output function: Signal limit 3Lim.3123472053928731
41078r/w Enum4155base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 3.
Enum_dAcA Output function: Signal Drive monitoring system (DAC). On all controllers with position feedback Yp, the actuator can bemonitored for possible malfunctions, e.g. a motor defect orexcessive play due to wear.
dAc.A123482054028732
41080r/w Enum4156base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is switched by a DAC disturbance. Digital Actuator Control DAC is the actuator
monitoring function.
Enum_OUT_LPAL Output function: Signal Interruption alarm (LOOP)The overall control loop is monitored and the process value has tochange with an output signal of maximum value, else loop alarm isgenerated.
LP.AL123492054128733
41082r/w Enum4157base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The loop alarm (= open loop alarm) is assigned to this output.
Enum_OUT_HCAL Output function: Signal Heat current alarm. Either break (= current I< heating current limit) can be monitored or overload (= current I >heating current limit), dependent on configuration.
HC.AL123502054228734
41084r/w Enum4158base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The heating current alarm is assigned to this output.
Enum_HCSC Output function: Signal Solid-state relay (SSR) short circuit.The short circuit alarm of the SSR is triggered, if a current isdetected in the heating circuit, although the controller output isswitched off.
HC.SC123512054328735
41086r/w Enum4159base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Output activated by an SSR fault.
Enum_FAi1 Output function: Signal INP1 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP1.
FAi.1123542054628738
41092r/w Enum4162base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP1 fault'.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 50PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Out.115ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_FAi2 Output function: Signal INP2 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP2.
FAi.2123552054728739
41094r/w Enum4163base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP2 fault'.
Enum_FAi3 Output function: Signal INP3 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP3.
FAi.3123562054828740
41096r/w Enum4164base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP3 fault'.
Enum_DP_ERR Output function: Signal Fault in the Profibus communication.This output is set when a fault in the Profibus communicationoccurs. There is no more communication with this device.
dP.Er123672055928751
41118r/w Enum4175base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 This output sends the Profibus fault.
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Ausgang Status of the digital outputOut1123722056428756
41128r Enum4180base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Enum_Ausgang Forcing of this digital output. Forcing involves the external operationof an output. The instrument has no influence on this output (use offree outputs by superordinate system).
F.Do1123732056528757
41130r/w Enum4181base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 51PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Out.216ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_OAct Operating sense of the switching output.Direct: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output ON;Inverse: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output OFF.
O.Act124422063428826
41268r/w Enum4250base1dP2dP3dP
0 direct / normally open1 inverse / normally closed
Enum_Y1 Output function: Controller output Y1Y.1124432063528827
41270r/w Enum4251base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y1.
Enum_Y2 Output function: Controller output Y2. Caution: Do not confuse thecontroller output Y2 with the parameter 'Fixed output Y2' !
Y.2124442063628828
41272r/w Enum4252base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y2.
Enum_Lim1 Output function: Signal limit 1Lim.1124452063728829
41274r/w Enum4253base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 1.
Enum_Lim2 Output function: Signal limit 2Lim.2124462063828830
41276r/w Enum4254base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 2.
Enum_Lim3 Output function: Signal limit 3Lim.3124472063928831
41278r/w Enum4255base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 3.
Enum_dAcA Output function: Signal Drive monitoring system (DAC). On all controllers with position feedback Yp, the actuator can bemonitored for possible malfunctions, e.g. a motor defect orexcessive play due to wear.
dAc.A124482064028832
41280r/w Enum4256base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is switched by a DAC disturbance. Digital Actuator Control DAC is the actuator
monitoring function.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 52PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Out.216ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_OUT_LPAL Output function: Signal Interruption alarm (LOOP)The overall control loop is monitored and the process value has tochange with an output signal of maximum value, else loop alarm isgenerated.
LP.AL124492064128833
41282r/w Enum4257base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The loop alarm (= open loop alarm) is assigned to this output.
Enum_OUT_HCAL Output function: Signal Heat current alarm. Either break (= current I< heating current limit) can be monitored or overload (= current I >heating current limit), dependent on configuration.
HC.AL124502064228834
41284r/w Enum4258base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The heating current alarm is assigned to this output.
Enum_HCSC Output function: Signal Solid-state relay (SSR) short circuit.The short circuit alarm of the SSR is triggered, if a current isdetected in the heating circuit, although the controller output isswitched off.
HC.SC124512064328835
41286r/w Enum4259base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Output activated by an SSR fault.
Enum_FAi1 Output function: Signal INP1 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP1.
FAi.1124542064628838
41292r/w Enum4262base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP1 fault'.
Enum_FAi2 Output function: Signal INP2 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP2.
FAi.2124552064728839
41294r/w Enum4263base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP2 fault'.
Enum_FAi3 Output function: Signal INP3 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP3.
FAi.3124562064828840
41296r/w Enum4264base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP3 fault'.
Enum_DP_ERR Output function: Signal Fault in the Profibus communication.This output is set when a fault in the Profibus communicationoccurs. There is no more communication with this device.
dP.Er124672065928851
41318r/w Enum4275base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 This output sends the Profibus fault.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 53PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Enum_Ausgang Status of the digital outputOut2124722066428856
41328r Enum4280base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Enum_Ausgang Forcing of this digital output. Forcing involves the external operationof an output. The instrument has no influence on this output (use offree outputs by superordinate system).
F.Do2124732066528857
41330r/w Enum4281base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Out.317ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_OtYP Signal type selection OUTO.tYP125622075428946
41508r/w Enum4370base1dP2dP3dP
0 Relay / logic1 0 ... 20 mA continuous2 4 ... 20 mA continuous3 0...10 V continuous4 2...10 V continuous5 transmitter supply
Enum_OAct Operating sense of the switching output.Direct: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output ON;Inverse: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output OFF.
O.Act125422073428926
41468r/w Enum4350base1dP2dP3dP
0 direct / normally open1 inverse / normally closed
Enum_Y1 Output function: Controller output Y1Y.1125432073528927
41470r/w Enum4351base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y1.
Code Table Operating Version4
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Appendix Page 54PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Out.317ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Y2 Output function: Controller output Y2. Caution: Do not confuse thecontroller output Y2 with the parameter 'Fixed output Y2' !
Y.2125442073628928
41472r/w Enum4352base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y2.
Enum_Lim1 Output function: Signal limit 1Lim.1125452073728929
41474r/w Enum4353base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 1.
Enum_Lim2 Output function: Signal limit 2Lim.2125462073828930
41476r/w Enum4354base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 2.
Enum_Lim3 Output function: Signal limit 3Lim.3125472073928931
41478r/w Enum4355base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 3.
Enum_dAcA Output function: Signal Drive monitoring system (DAC). On all controllers with position feedback Yp, the actuator can bemonitored for possible malfunctions, e.g. a motor defect orexcessive play due to wear.
dAc.A125482074028932
41480r/w Enum4356base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is switched by a DAC disturbance. Digital Actuator Control DAC is the actuator
monitoring function.
Enum_OUT_LPAL Output function: Signal Interruption alarm (LOOP)The overall control loop is monitored and the process value has tochange with an output signal of maximum value, else loop alarm isgenerated.
LP.AL125492074128933
41482r/w Enum4357base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The loop alarm (= open loop alarm) is assigned to this output.
Enum_OUT_HCAL Output function: Signal Heat current alarm. Either break (= current I< heating current limit) can be monitored or overload (= current I >heating current limit), dependent on configuration.
HC.AL125502074228934
41484r/w Enum4358base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The heating current alarm is assigned to this output.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 55PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Out.317ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_HCSC Output function: Signal Solid-state relay (SSR) short circuit.The short circuit alarm of the SSR is triggered, if a current isdetected in the heating circuit, although the controller output isswitched off.
HC.SC125512074328935
41486r/w Enum4359base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Output activated by an SSR fault.
Enum_FAi1 Output function: Signal INP1 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP1.
FAi.1125542074628938
41492r/w Enum4362base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP1 fault'.
Enum_FAi2 Output function: Signal INP2 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP2.
FAi.2125552074728939
41494r/w Enum4363base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP2 fault'.
Enum_FAi3 Output function: Signal INP3 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP3.
FAi.3125562074828940
41496r/w Enum4364base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP3 fault'.
Enum_DP_ERR Output function: Signal Fault in the Profibus communication.This output is set when a fault in the Profibus communicationoccurs. There is no more communication with this device.
dP.Er125672075928951
41518r/w Enum4375base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 This output sends the Profibus fault.
Lower scaling limit of the analog output (corresponds to 0%). Ifcurrent and voltage signals are used as output values, the displaycan be scaled to the output value in the Parameter Level. Theoutput value of the lower scaling point is indicated in the respectiveelectrical unit (mA / V).
Out.0125632075528947
41510r/w Float -1999...99994371base1dP2dP3dP
Upper scaling limit of the analog output (corresponds to 100%). Ifcurrent and voltage signals are used as output values, the displaycan be scaled to the output value in the Parameter Level. Theoutput value of the upper scaling point is indicated in the respectiveelectrical unit (mA / V).
Out.1125642075628948
41512r/w Float -1999...99994372base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 56PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Out.317ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_OSrc Signal source of the analog output (visible not with all output signaltypes O.TYP).
O.Src125652075728949
41514r/w Enum4373base1dP2dP3dP
0 not used1 Controller output y1 (continuous)2 Controller output y2 (continuous)3 process value4 The effective setpoint Weff, which is used for control.
Example: The gradient changes the effective setpoint until it reaches the internal (target)setpoint.
5 control deviation xw (process value - set-point)= relative alarmNote: Monitoring with the effective set-point Weff. For example using a ramp it is thechanging set-point, not the target set-point of the ramp.
6 Position feedback signal Yp.7 measured value INP18 measured value INP29 measured value INP3
Enum_OFail fail behaviourO.FAI125662075828950
41516r/w Enum4374base1dP2dP3dP
0 upscale1 downscale
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Ausgang Status of the digital outputOut1125722076428956
41528r Enum4380base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Enum_Ausgang Forcing of this digital output. Forcing involves the external operationof an output. The instrument has no influence on this output (use offree outputs by superordinate system).
F.Do1125732076528957
41530r/w Enum4381base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Forcing value of the analog output. Forcing involves the externaloperation of an output, i.e. the instrument has no influence on thisoutput. (Used for the operation of free outputs e.g. by a supervisoryPLC.)
F.Out1125742076628958
41532r/w Float 0...1204382base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 57PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Out.418ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_OtYP Signal type selection OUTO.tYP126622085429046
41708r/w Enum4470base1dP2dP3dP
0 Relay / logic1 0 ... 20 mA continuous2 4 ... 20 mA continuous3 0...10 V continuous4 2...10 V continuous5 transmitter supply
Enum_OAct Operating sense of the switching output.Direct: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output ON;Inverse: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output OFF.
O.Act126422083429026
41668r/w Enum4450base1dP2dP3dP
0 direct / normally open1 inverse / normally closed
Enum_Y1 Output function: Controller output Y1Y.1126432083529027
41670r/w Enum4451base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y1.
Enum_Y2 Output function: Controller output Y2. Caution: Do not confuse thecontroller output Y2 with the parameter 'Fixed output Y2' !
Y.2126442083629028
41672r/w Enum4452base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y2.
Enum_Lim1 Output function: Signal limit 1Lim.1126452083729029
41674r/w Enum4453base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 1.
Enum_Lim2 Output function: Signal limit 2Lim.2126462083829030
41676r/w Enum4454base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 2.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 58PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Out.418ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Lim3 Output function: Signal limit 3Lim.3126472083929031
41678r/w Enum4455base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 3.
Enum_dAcA Output function: Signal Drive monitoring system (DAC). On all controllers with position feedback Yp, the actuator can bemonitored for possible malfunctions, e.g. a motor defect orexcessive play due to wear.
dAc.A126482084029032
41680r/w Enum4456base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is switched by a DAC disturbance. Digital Actuator Control DAC is the actuator
monitoring function.
Enum_OUT_LPAL Output function: Signal Interruption alarm (LOOP)The overall control loop is monitored and the process value has tochange with an output signal of maximum value, else loop alarm isgenerated.
LP.AL126492084129033
41682r/w Enum4457base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The loop alarm (= open loop alarm) is assigned to this output.
Enum_OUT_HCAL Output function: Signal Heat current alarm. Either break (= current I< heating current limit) can be monitored or overload (= current I >heating current limit), dependent on configuration.
HC.AL126502084229034
41684r/w Enum4458base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The heating current alarm is assigned to this output.
Enum_HCSC Output function: Signal Solid-state relay (SSR) short circuit.The short circuit alarm of the SSR is triggered, if a current isdetected in the heating circuit, although the controller output isswitched off.
HC.SC126512084329035
41686r/w Enum4459base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Output activated by an SSR fault.
Enum_FAi1 Output function: Signal INP1 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP1.
FAi.1126542084629038
41692r/w Enum4462base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP1 fault'.
Enum_FAi2 Output function: Signal INP2 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP2.
FAi.2126552084729039
41694r/w Enum4463base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP2 fault'.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 59PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Out.418ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_FAi3 Output function: Signal INP3 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP3.
FAi.3126562084829040
41696r/w Enum4464base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP3 fault'.
Enum_DP_ERR Output function: Signal Fault in the Profibus communication.This output is set when a fault in the Profibus communicationoccurs. There is no more communication with this device.
dP.Er126672085929051
41718r/w Enum4475base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 This output sends the Profibus fault.
Lower scaling limit of the analog output (corresponds to 0%). Ifcurrent and voltage signals are used as output values, the displaycan be scaled to the output value in the Parameter Level. Theoutput value of the lower scaling point is indicated in the respectiveelectrical unit (mA / V).
Out.0126632085529047
41710r/w Float -1999...99994471base1dP2dP3dP
Upper scaling limit of the analog output (corresponds to 100%). Ifcurrent and voltage signals are used as output values, the displaycan be scaled to the output value in the Parameter Level. Theoutput value of the upper scaling point is indicated in the respectiveelectrical unit (mA / V).
Out.1126642085629048
41712r/w Float -1999...99994472base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_OSrc Signal source of the analog output (visible not with all output signaltypes O.TYP).
O.Src126652085729049
41714r/w Enum4473base1dP2dP3dP
0 not used1 Controller output y1 (continuous)2 Controller output y2 (continuous)3 process value4 The effective setpoint Weff, which is used for control.
Example: The gradient changes the effective setpoint until it reaches the internal (target)setpoint.
5 control deviation xw (process value - set-point)= relative alarmNote: Monitoring with the effective set-point Weff. For example using a ramp it is thechanging set-point, not the target set-point of the ramp.
6 Position feedback signal Yp.7 measured value INP18 measured value INP29 measured value INP3
Enum_OFail fail behaviourO.FAI126662085829050
41716r/w Enum4474base1dP2dP3dP
0 upscale1 downscale
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 60PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Out.418SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Ausgang Status of the digital outputOut2126722086429056
41728r Enum4480base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Enum_Ausgang Forcing of this digital output. Forcing involves the external operationof an output. The instrument has no influence on this output (use offree outputs by superordinate system).
F.Do2126732086529057
41730r/w Enum4481base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Forcing value of the analog output. Forcing involves the externaloperation of an output, i.e. the instrument has no influence on thisoutput. (Used for the operation of free outputs e.g. by a supervisoryPLC.)
F.Out2126742086629058
41732r/w Float 0...1204482base1dP2dP3dP
Out.519ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_OAct Operating sense of the switching output.Direct: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output ON;Inverse: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output OFF.
O.Act127422093429126
41868r/w Enum4550base1dP2dP3dP
0 direct / normally open1 inverse / normally closed
Enum_Y1 Output function: Controller output Y1Y.1127432093529127
41870r/w Enum4551base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y1.
Enum_Y2 Output function: Controller output Y2. Caution: Do not confuse thecontroller output Y2 with the parameter 'Fixed output Y2' !
Y.2127442093629128
41872r/w Enum4552base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y2.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 61PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Out.519ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Lim1 Output function: Signal limit 1Lim.1127452093729129
41874r/w Enum4553base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 1.
Enum_Lim2 Output function: Signal limit 2Lim.2127462093829130
41876r/w Enum4554base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 2.
Enum_Lim3 Output function: Signal limit 3Lim.3127472093929131
41878r/w Enum4555base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 3.
Enum_dAcA Output function: Signal Drive monitoring system (DAC). On all controllers with position feedback Yp, the actuator can bemonitored for possible malfunctions, e.g. a motor defect orexcessive play due to wear.
dAc.A127482094029132
41880r/w Enum4556base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is switched by a DAC disturbance. Digital Actuator Control DAC is the actuator
monitoring function.
Enum_OUT_LPAL Output function: Signal Interruption alarm (LOOP)The overall control loop is monitored and the process value has tochange with an output signal of maximum value, else loop alarm isgenerated.
LP.AL127492094129133
41882r/w Enum4557base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The loop alarm (= open loop alarm) is assigned to this output.
Enum_OUT_HCAL Output function: Signal Heat current alarm. Either break (= current I< heating current limit) can be monitored or overload (= current I >heating current limit), dependent on configuration.
HC.AL127502094229134
41884r/w Enum4558base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The heating current alarm is assigned to this output.
Enum_HCSC Output function: Signal Solid-state relay (SSR) short circuit.The short circuit alarm of the SSR is triggered, if a current isdetected in the heating circuit, although the controller output isswitched off.
HC.SC127512094329135
41886r/w Enum4559base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Output activated by an SSR fault.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 62PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Out.519ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_FAi1 Output function: Signal INP1 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP1.
FAi.1127542094629138
41892r/w Enum4562base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP1 fault'.
Enum_FAi2 Output function: Signal INP2 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP2.
FAi.2127552094729139
41894r/w Enum4563base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP2 fault'.
Enum_FAi3 Output function: Signal INP3 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP3.
FAi.3127562094829140
41896r/w Enum4564base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP3 fault'.
Enum_DP_ERR Output function: Signal Fault in the Profibus communication.This output is set when a fault in the Profibus communicationoccurs. There is no more communication with this device.
dP.Er127672095929151
41918r/w Enum4575base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 This output sends the Profibus fault.
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Ausgang Status of the digital outputOut3127722096429156
41928r Enum4580base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Enum_Ausgang Forcing of this digital output. Forcing involves the external operationof an output. The instrument has no influence on this output (use offree outputs by superordinate system).
F.Do3127732096529157
41930r/w Enum4581base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 63PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Out.620ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_OAct Operating sense of the switching output.Direct: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output ON;Inverse: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output OFF.
O.Act128422103429226
42068r/w Enum4650base1dP2dP3dP
0 direct / normally open1 inverse / normally closed
Enum_Y1 Output function: Controller output Y1Y.1128432103529227
42070r/w Enum4651base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y1.
Enum_Y2 Output function: Controller output Y2. Caution: Do not confuse thecontroller output Y2 with the parameter 'Fixed output Y2' !
Y.2128442103629228
42072r/w Enum4652base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y2.
Enum_Lim1 Output function: Signal limit 1Lim.1128452103729229
42074r/w Enum4653base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 1.
Enum_Lim2 Output function: Signal limit 2Lim.2128462103829230
42076r/w Enum4654base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 2.
Enum_Lim3 Output function: Signal limit 3Lim.3128472103929231
42078r/w Enum4655base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 3.
Enum_dAcA Output function: Signal Drive monitoring system (DAC). On all controllers with position feedback Yp, the actuator can bemonitored for possible malfunctions, e.g. a motor defect orexcessive play due to wear.
dAc.A128482104029232
42080r/w Enum4656base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is switched by a DAC disturbance. Digital Actuator Control DAC is the actuator
monitoring function.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 64PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Out.620ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_OUT_LPAL Output function: Signal Interruption alarm (LOOP)The overall control loop is monitored and the process value has tochange with an output signal of maximum value, else loop alarm isgenerated.
LP.AL128492104129233
42082r/w Enum4657base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The loop alarm (= open loop alarm) is assigned to this output.
Enum_OUT_HCAL Output function: Signal Heat current alarm. Either break (= current I< heating current limit) can be monitored or overload (= current I >heating current limit), dependent on configuration.
HC.AL128502104229234
42084r/w Enum4658base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The heating current alarm is assigned to this output.
Enum_HCSC Output function: Signal Solid-state relay (SSR) short circuit.The short circuit alarm of the SSR is triggered, if a current isdetected in the heating circuit, although the controller output isswitched off.
HC.SC128512104329235
42086r/w Enum4659base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Output activated by an SSR fault.
Enum_FAi1 Output function: Signal INP1 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP1.
FAi.1128542104629238
42092r/w Enum4662base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP1 fault'.
Enum_FAi2 Output function: Signal INP2 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP2.
FAi.2128552104729239
42094r/w Enum4663base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP2 fault'.
Enum_FAi3 Output function: Signal INP3 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP3.
FAi.3128562104829240
42096r/w Enum4664base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP3 fault'.
Enum_DP_ERR Output function: Signal Fault in the Profibus communication.This output is set when a fault in the Profibus communicationoccurs. There is no more communication with this device.
dP.Er128672105929251
42118r/w Enum4675base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 This output sends the Profibus fault.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 65PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Enum_Ausgang Status of the digital outputOut4128722106429256
42128r Enum4680base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Enum_Ausgang Forcing of this digital output. Forcing involves the external operationof an output. The instrument has no influence on this output (use offree outputs by superordinate system).
F.Do4128732106529257
42130r/w Enum4681base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
PAr.221PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Proportional band 1 (heating) in engineering unit (e.g. °C) of the 2ndparameter set. The Pb defines the ratio between output value andcontrol deviation. The smaller the value of Pb is, the stronger is thecontrol response for a specific control deviation. Too large and toosmall values for Pb lead to process oscillations (hunting).
Pb12132222141429606
42828r/w Float 0,1...99995030base1dP2dP3dP
Proportional band 2 (cooling) in engineering unit (e.g. °C) of the 2ndparameter set. The Pb defines the ratio between output value andcontrol deviation. The smaller the value of Pb is, the stronger is thecontrol response for a specific control deviation. Too large and toosmall values for Pb lead to process oscillations (hunting).
Pb22132232141529607
42830r/w Float 0,1...99995031base1dP2dP3dP
Integral action time 2 (cooling) [s]. Second parameter set. Ti is thetime constant of the integral portion. The smaller Ti is, the faster isthe response of the integral action.Ti too small: Control tends to oscillate.Ti too large: Control is sluggish and needs a long time to line out.
ti22132252141729609
42834r/w Float 0...99995033base1dP2dP3dP
Integral action time 1 (heating) [s]. Second parameter set. Ti is thetime constant of the integral portion. The smaller Ti is, the faster isthe response of the integral action.Ti too small: Control tends to oscillate.Ti too large: Control is sluggish and needs a long time to line out.
ti12132242141629608
42832r/w Float 0...99995032base1dP2dP3dP
Derivative action time 1 (heating) [s], second parameter set.Td is the time constant of the derivative portion. The faster theprocess value changes, and the larger the value of Td is, thestronger will be the derivative action.Td too small: Very little derivative action.Td too large: Control tends to oscillate.
td12132262141829610
42836r/w Float 0...99995034base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Appendix Page 66PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
PAr.221PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Derivative action time 2 (cooling) [s], second parameter set.Td is the time constant of the derivative portion. The faster theprocess value changes, and the larger the value of Td is, thestronger will be the derivative action.Td too small: Very little derivative action.Td too large: Control tends to oscillate.
td22132272141929611
42838r/w Float 0...99995035base1dP2dP3dP
SEtP22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Lower setpoint limit. The setpoint is raised to this valueautomatically, if a lower setpoint is adjusted.BUT: The (safety) setpoint W2 is not restricted by the setpointlimits!The setpoint reserve for the step function is 10% of SPHi - SPLo.
SP.LO112921948427676
38968r/w Float -1999...99993100base1dP2dP3dP
Upper setpoint limit. The setpoint is reduced to this valueautomatically, if a higher setpoint is adjusted.BUT: The (safety) setpoint W2 is not restricted by the setpointlimits!The setpoint reserve for the step function is 10% of SPHi - SPLo.
SP.Hi112931948527677
38970r/w Float -1999...99993101base1dP2dP3dP
Second (safety) setpoint. Ramp function as with other setpoints(effective, external). However, SP2 is not restricted by the setpointlimits.
SP.2112941948627678
38972r/w Float -1999...99993102base1dP2dP3dP
Setpoint gradient [/min] or ramp. Max. rate of change in order toavoid step changes of the setpoint. The gradient acts in the positiveand negative directions.Note for self-tuning: with activated gradient function, the setpointgradient is started from the process value, so that there is nosufficient setpoint reserve.
r.SP112951948727679
38974r/w Float 0,01...99993103base1dP2dP3dP
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Effective setpoint. The value reached at the end of setpointprocessing, after taking W2, external setpoint, gradient, boostfunction, programmer settings, start-up function, and limit functionsinto account. Comparison with the effective process value leads tothe control deviation, from which the necessary controller responseis derived.
SP.EF113621955427746
39108r Float -1999...99993170base1dP2dP3dP
Difference between the effective setpoint and setpoint 2.Diff113631955527747
39110r Float -1999...99993171base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 67PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
SEtP22SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Setpoint for the interface (without the additional function'Controller off'). SetpInterface acts on the internal setpoint beforethe setpoint processing stage.Note: The value in RAM is always updated. To protect the EEPROM,storage of the value in the EEPROM is timed (at least one value perhalf hour).
SP113721956427756
39128r/w Float -1999...99993180base1dP2dP3dP
The effective setpoint is shifted by this value. In this way, thesetpoints of several controllers can be shifted together, regardlessof the individually adjusted effective setpoints.
SP.d113731956527757
39130r/w Float -1999...99993181base1dP2dP3dP
Tool23ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Unit Engineering unit of linearization table (temperature).U.LinT8826
1701825210
34036r/w Enum634base1dP2dP3dP
0 without unit1 °C2 °F
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 68PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1 9499 040 65311
Cntr 1ConF 1PAr 3Signal 6
InP.1 2ConF 12PAr 14
InP.2 3ConF 15Signal 15PAr 16Signal 17
InP.3 4ConF 18PAr 20
Lim 5ConF 21Signal 21PAr 23Signal 23
Lim2 6ConF 24PAr 24Signal 25
Lim3 7ConF 25PAr 26Signal 27
LOGI 8ConF 27Signal 30
ohnE 9ConF 32PAr 34
Signal 35
ohnE110Signal 37
ohnE211Signal 38
ohnE312Signal 38
ohnE413Signal 38
othr14ConF 39Signal 41
Out.115ConF 47Signal 50
Out.216ConF 50Signal 53
Out.317ConF 54Signal 57
Out.418ConF 58
Out.519ConF 62Signal 62Signal 65
Out.620ConF 65Signal 68
Operating Version4
Table Of ContentsCode Table
PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
PAr.221PAr 69
ProG22ConF 69PAr 70Signal 87
SEtP23PAr 88Signal 88
Tool24ConF 89
Operating Version4
Table Of ContentsCode Table
PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Cntr1ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SPFN Basic configuration for setpoint processing, e.g. 'setpoint controllerswitchable to external setpoint'. Configuration of special,controller-dependent setpoint functions.
SP.Fn113421953427726
39068r/w Enum3150base1dP2dP3dP
0 set-point controller can be switched over to external set-point (->LOGI/SP.E)1 Program controller for setpoint profile. The program profile is definable by the user.8 Setpoint controller switchable to setpoint controller with external setpoint shift
(switchable -> LOGI/SP.E).9 Program controller switchable to program controller with external setpoint shift.
(program controller for setpoint profile, the profile can be defined by the user, switchable-> LOGI/SP.E)
Enum_CtYP The process value can be assigned directly to an input value, but itcan also be computed from the comparison of two input values. Forthis, various formulas are provided for the user, e.g. the differenceor the ratio of the two input values.
C.tYP132542144629638
42892r/w Enum5062base1dP2dP3dP
0 Standard controller (process value = x1)1 Ratio controller (x1+oFFS)/x2.
An offset is added to the input value x1, and then the ratio is calculated from the resultand the input value x2. This ratio is used as process value.
2 The process value is calculated as the difference of the two values (x1 - x2).3 Maximum value of x1 and x2. The higher value is used for control. In case of a sensor
fault, control is continued with the remaining process value.4 Minimum value of x1 and x2. The lower value is used for control. In case of a sensor fault,
control is continued with the remaining process value.5 Mean value (x1 + x2) / 2. In case of a sensor fault, control is continued with the remaining
process value.6 Switchover between the input values: process value = x1 or process value = x2.
Enum_CFnc Control behaviour (algorithm) referred to output value: e.g. 2- or3-point controller, signaller, 3-point stepping control.
C.Fnc132422143429626
42868r/w Enum5050base1dP2dP3dP
0 on/off controller or signaller with one output. The on/off controller or signaller switches ifthe process value drifts from the setpoint more than the hysteresis.
1 PID control, e.g. heating, with one output: Switched as a digital output (2-point) or used asan analog output (continuous). PID controllers respond quickly to changes of the controldeviation, and typically do not exhibit any permanent control offset.
2 D / Y / Off, or 2-point controller with partial/full load switch-over. 2 digital outputs: Y1 isthe switching output and Y2 is the changeover contact for D/Y.
3 2 x PID control, e.g. heating/cooling. Two outputs: Switched as a digital output (3-point) orused as an analog output (continuous). PID controllers respond quickly to changes of thecontrol deviation, and typically do not exhibit any permanent control offset.
4 3-point stepping controller, e.g. for motor actuators. Two digital outputs. No actuatingpulses are generated when the process is lined out.
5 3-point stepping controller with position feedback signal Yp, e.g. for motorized valves. Twodigital outputs. No output signals are generated when the process is lined out. Theposition feedback signal Yp serves for displaying the actuator position, but also formonitoring the actuator if the DAC function (Digital Actuator Control) is provided.
6 continuous controller with integrated positioner. This is basically a cascade. A trackingcontroller with three-point stepping behaviour which operates with Yp as process value isused with the continuous controller.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 1PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Cntr1ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_mAn Enables the output value to be adjusted in manual operation. Ifadjustment is not enabled, the output value cannot be changed inmanual operation, neither with the front keys nor via theinterface.Note: This setting does not affect the auto/manualswitchover function.
mAn132432143529627
42870r/w Enum5051base1dP2dP3dP
0 The output value cannot be changed in manual operation, neither with the front keys norvia the interface.
1 The output value is to be adjusted in manual operation (see also LOGI/mAn).
Enum_CAct Operating sense of the controller. Inverse operation (e.g. heating)means increased heat input when the process value falls.Direct operation (e.g. cooling) means increased heat input when theprocess value increases.
C.Act132442143629628
42872r/w Enum5052base1dP2dP3dP
0 Inverse or opposed-sense response, e.g. heating. The controller output is increased with afalling process value, and decreased with a rising process value.
1 Direct or same-sense response, e.g. cooling. The controller output is increased with arising process value, and decreased with a falling process value.
Enum_FAIL With the sensor break response, the operator determines theinstrument's reaction to a sensor break, thus ensuring a safeprocess condition.
FAIL132452143729629
42874r/w Enum5053base1dP2dP3dP
0 controller outputs switched off1 y = parameter Y2 (Caution: fixed parameter Y2, not controller output Y2!).
Note for three-point stepping controller: With Y2 < 0.01 CLOSED is set (DY= -100%), with0.01 =< Y2 =< 99.9 no output is set (DY=0%), with Y2 > 99.9 OPEN is set (DY= +100%).Note for signallers: With Y2 < 0.01 OFF is set, with 0.01 =< Y2 =< 99.9 status keepsunchanged, with Y2 > 99.9 ON is set.
2 y = mean output. The maximum permissible output can be adjusted with parameter Ym.H.To prevent determination of inadmissible values, mean value formation is only if thecontrol deviation is lower than parameter L.Ym.
Lower limit for the controller's operating range. The control range isindependent of the measurement range. Reducing the control rangewill increase the sensitivity of the self-tuning process.
rnG.L132512144329635
42886r/w Float -1999...99995059base1dP2dP3dP
Upper limit for the controller's operating range. The control range isindependent of the measurement range. Reducing the control rangewill increase the sensitivity of the self-tuning process.
rnG.H132522144429636
42888r/w Float -1999...99995060base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_CYCL Duty cycle for 2-point and 3-point controllers. Internally, thecontroller calculates a continuous output value, which is convertedinto switching pulses for digital outputs. The user can adapt thesetting to calculate various duty cycles (on/off ratio).
CYCL132472143929631
42878r/w Enum5055base1dP2dP3dP
0 Standard. 'Bathtub curve'. The adjusted duty cycles t1 and t2 are valid for ± 50% controloutput. With very small and very large control outputs, the effective duty cycle is increasedsufficiently to prevent nonsensically short operating pulses. The shortest pulses arelimited to ¼ of t1 and ¼ of t2.
3 With constant pulses for heating and cooling. The adjusted duty cycles t1 and t2 aremaintained over the entire output range. The parameter tp is used to adjust the minimumpulse duration. Shorter pulses are added internally until a pulse of length tp can begenerated.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 2PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Cntr1ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_tune Self-tuning procedure / sequence. Choice between:step responsetuning during start-up and pulse response tuning at setpoint; orpulse response tuning during start-up and at setpoint; or only stepresponse tuning during start-up, and no tuning at setpoint (nopulse).
tunE132482144029632
42880r/w Enum5056base1dP2dP3dP
0 At start-up with step function, impulse function at setpoint. The step function at start up requires a control deviation of more than 10% of the controlrange. At setpoint, with control deviation less than 10% of the control range, tuning isdone with the impulse function.
1 At start-up with impulse function. Setting for fast controlled systems (e.g. hot runnercontrol).Always tuning with impulse function. At start up, with a control deviation of more than10% of the control range, the control loop is optimized for a wide control range. Atset-point the control deviation during self-tuning is small.
2 At start up and at set-point always tune step function at start up.Tuning is done with step function at start up, regardless of the control deviation.
Enum_Strt Start of self-tuning. Self-tuning can always be started manually atthe request of the operator.Here, it is possible to determine that self-tuning is startedautomatically under the following conditions: On power-up or whenan oscillation of the process value is detected.
Strt132492144129633
42882r/w Enum5057base1dP2dP3dP
0 no automatic start (manual start via front interface)1 Manual or automatic start of auto-tuning at power on or when oscillating is detected
(oscillating of process value by more than ± 0.5% of the control range, and simultaneouslythe output value by more than 20%.) Note: Though the process is unchanged, at power onalways the (time-consuming) auto-tuning is started.
Enum_Adt0 Optimization of the switching cycles t1 and t2 for the DEDconversion can be disabled here. In order to fine-tune thepositioning action, the switching periods are changed by theself-tuning function, if automatic tuning is configured.
Adt0132532144529637
42890r/w Enum5061base1dP2dP3dP
0 The cycle duration is determinated by auto-tuning. Thereby the best controlling results areobtained.
1 The cycle duration is not determinated by auto-tuning. An oversized cycle duration causesbad control behavior. An undersized cycle duration causes a more frequent switching,which can raise the wearout of mechanical actuators (relay, contactor).
PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Proportional band 1 (heating) in engineering unit, e.g. °C.Pb defines the relationship between controller output and controldeviation. The smaller Pb is, the stronger is the control action for agiven control deviation. If Pb is too large or too small, the controlloop will oscillate (hunting).
Pb1131922138429576
42768r/w Float 1...99995000base1dP2dP3dP
Proportional band 2 (cooling) in engineering units, e.g. °C.Pb defines the relationship between controller output and controldeviation. The smaller Pb is, the stronger is the control action for agiven control deviation. If Pb is too large or too small, the controlloop will oscillate (hunting).
Pb2131932138529577
42770r/w Float 1...99995001base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 3PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Cntr1PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Integral action time 1 (heating) [s]. Ti is the time constant of theintegral portion. The smaller Ti is, the faster is the response of theintegral action.Ti too small: Control tends to oscillate.Ti too large: Control is sluggish and needs a long time to line out.
ti1131942138629578
42772r/w Float 1...99995002base1dP2dP3dP
Integral action time 2 (cooling) [s]. Ti is the time constant of theintegral portion. The smaller Ti is, the faster is the response of theintegral action.Ti too small: Control tends to oscillate.Ti too large: Control is sluggish and needs a long time to line out.
ti2131952138729579
42774r/w Float 1...99995003base1dP2dP3dP
Derivative action time 1 (heating) [s], second parameter set.Td is the time constant of the derivative portion. The faster theprocess value changes, and the larger the value of Td is, thestronger will be the derivative action.Td too small: Very little derivative action.Td too large: Control tends to oscillate.
td1131962138829580
42776r/w Float 1...99995004base1dP2dP3dP
Derivative action time 2 (cooling) [s], second parameter set.Td is the time constant of the derivative portion. The faster theprocess value changes, and the larger the value of Td is, thestronger will be the derivative action.Td too small: Very little derivative action.Td too large: Control tends to oscillate.
td2131972138929581
42778r/w Float 1...99995005base1dP2dP3dP
Minimum duty cycle 1 (heating) [s]. With the standard duty cycleconverter, the shortest pulse duration is 1/4 x t1.If the duty cycle is not to be optimized, this must be entered in theconfiguration.(Default: Optimization of the duty cycle during self-tuning, but alsoif the output value is less than 5%).
t1131982139029582
42780r/w Float 0,4...99995006base1dP2dP3dP
Minimum duty cycle 2 (cooling) [s]. With the standard duty cycleconverter, the shortest pulse duration is 1/4 x t1.If the duty cycle is not to be optimized, this must be entered in theconfiguration.(Default: Optimization of the duty cycle during self-tuning, but alsoif the output value is less than 5%).
t2131992139129583
42782r/w Float 0,4...99995007base1dP2dP3dP
Neutral zone, or switching difference of the signaller [engineeringunit].Too small: unnecessarily high switching frequency.Too large:reduced controller sensitivity.With 3-point controllers this slowsdown the direct transition from heating to cooling. With 3-pointstepping controllers, it reduces the switching operations of theactuator around setpoint.
SH132062139829590
42796r/w Float 0...99995014base1dP2dP3dP
Separation of the D / Y switch-over point from the setpoint[engineering unit]. With a significant control deviation heating start isin delta connection. When the control deviation increases, theinstrument switchesover to reduced power (Y connection) for line-out to the set-point.
d.SP132082140029592
42800r/w Float -1999...99995016base1dP2dP3dP
Minimum pulse duration [s]. Used for switching with constantperiods. For positioning values that require a shorter pulse thanadjusted for 'tp', the output is suppressed, but 'remembered'. Thecontroller continues adding the internal short pulses until a valueequal to 'tp' can be output.
tP132012139329585
42786r/w Float 0,1...99995009base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 4PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Cntr1PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Travel time of the actuator motor [s]. If no feedback signal isavailable, the controller calculates the actuator position by meansof an integrator and the adjusted motor travel time. For this reason,a precise definition of the motor travel time between min and max(0% and 100%) is important.
tt132072139929591
42798r/w Float 3...99995015base1dP2dP3dP
Lower output limit [%]The range is depedant of the type of controller:2 point controller: 0...ymax+13 point controller: -105 ymax-1
Y.Lo132102140229594
42804r/w Float -105...1055018base1dP2dP3dP
Upper output limit [%]The range is ymin+1 ....105
Y.Hi132112140329595
42806r/w Float -105...1055019base1dP2dP3dP
Second positioning value [%]. Activated Y2 = positioner control.Caution: The parameter 'positioning output Y2' must not beconfused with the controller output Y2!
Y2132092140129593
42802r/w Float -100...1005017base1dP2dP3dP
Offset for die positioning value [%]. This is added to the controlleroutput, and has the most effect with P and PD controllers. (With PIDcontrollers, the effect is compensated by the integral action.) Witha control deviation = 0, the P controller generates a control outputY0.
Y.0132122140429596
42808r/w Float -105...1055020base1dP2dP3dP
Limit for the mean control output value Ym in case of sensor break[%]. The mean control output value is configurable as the responseto sensor break. The maximum mean output value = YmH.
Ym.H132132140529597
42810r/w Float -105...1055021base1dP2dP3dP
Max. control deviation (xw), at the start of mean value calculation[engineering unit].When calculating the mean value, data are only taken into accountif the control deviation is small enough. 'Lym' is a preset value thatdetermines how precisely the calculated output value is matched tothe setpoint.
L.Ym132142140629598
42812r/w Float 1...99995022base1dP2dP3dP
Zero point for ratio control.For a given value of X2 (e.g. airflow quantity) the ratio controllerchanges the corresponding value of X1 (e.g. gas flow quantity), untilthe required ratio is reached.
oFFS132162140829600
42816r/w Float -120...1205024base1dP2dP3dP
Switching hysteresis below the setpoint of the signaller[engineering unit].
HYS.L132202141229604
42824r/w Float 0...99995028base1dP2dP3dP
Switching hysteresis above the setpoint of the signaller[engineering unit].
HYS.H132212141329605
42826r/w Float 0...99995029base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 5PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Cntr1SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
process valueC.InP132942148629678
42972r Float -1999...99995102base1dP2dP3dP
'Cooling' delay time of the loop. Tu is calculated by the self-tuningfunction: It is the time delay before the process reacts significantly.In effect, Tu is a dead time that is determined by the reaction of theprocess to a change of the control output. It is used for definingcontroller action.
Tu2133372152929721
43058r Float 0...99995145base1dP2dP3dP
Max. rate of change for 'cooling', i.e. the fastest process valueincrease during self-tuning. Vmax is calculated by the self-tuningfunction, and is determined by the reaction of the process to achange of the control output. It is used for defining controlleraction.
Vmax2133382153029722
43060r Float 0...99995146base1dP2dP3dP
Process gain for 'cooling'. For control loops with self-regulation,process gain is the ratio determined by the change of the controloutput and the resulting permanent change of the process value. Kpis calculated by the self-tuning function, and is used for definingcontroller action.
Kp2133392153129723
43062r Float 0...99995147base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 6PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Cntr1SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Status informations of the controller.f.e. switching signals,controller off or informations about selftuning. The controller sratusshows the actual adjustments of the controller.
Bit 0: Switching signal heating: 0: off 1: onBit 1: Switching signal cooling: 0: off 1: on Bit 2: Sensor error 0: ok 1: errorBit 3: Controlsignal: Manual/automatic 0: automatic 1: manualBit 4: Controlsignal: Y2 0: Y2 not activ 1: Y2 activBit 5: Controlsignal: Ext. setting of outputsignal 0: not activ 1: activBit 6: Controlsignal: Controller off 0: contr. on 1: contr. offBit 7: Controlsignal:The activ parameter set 0: parameterset 1 1: parameterset 2Bit 8: Loopalarm 0: no alarm 1: alarmBit 9: Soft start function 0: not activ 1: activBit 10: Rate to setpoint 0: not activ 1: activBit 11: Not usedBit 12-15: Internal functional statuses (operating state)0 0 0 0 Automatic0 0 0 1 Selftuning is running0 0 1 0 Selftuning faulty (Waiting for operator signal)0 0 1 1 Sensor error0 1 0 0 Not used0 1 0 1 Manual0 1 1 1 Not used1 0 0 0 Manual, with external presetting of the outputsignal1 0 0 1 Outputs switched off (neutral)1 0 1 0 Abortion of the selftuning (by control- or error-signal)
St.Cntr132922148429676
42968r Int 0...655355100base1dP2dP3dP
Control deviation, is defined as process value minus setpoint.Positive Xw means that the process value is above the setpoint. Asmall control deviation indicates precise control.
diFF132962148829680
42976r Float -1999...99995104base1dP2dP3dP
The position feedback Yp shows the actuator position with 3-pointstepping controllers. If Yp is outside the limits Ymin and Ymax, theoutput of positioning pulses is suppressed.
POS132972148929681
42978r Float 0...1005105base1dP2dP3dP
'Heating' delay time of the loop. Tu is calculated by the self-tuningfunction: It is the time delay before the process reacts significantly.In effect, Tu is a dead time that is determined by the reaction of theprocess to a change of the control output. It is used for definingcontroller action.
Tu1133332152529717
43050r Float 0...99995141base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 7PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Cntr1SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Output value Ypid is the output signal determined by the controller,and from which the switching pulses for the digital and analogcontrol outputs are calculated. Ypid is also available as an analogsignal. e.g. for visualization.
Ypid132952148729679
42974r Float -120...1205103base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_AdaStart Starting / stopping the self-tuning function.After the start signal,the controller waits until the process reaches a stable condition(PIR) before it starts the self-tuning process. Self-tuning can beaborted manually at any time.After a successful self-tuning attempt, the controller automaticallyresumes normal operation.
Ada.St133422153429726
43068r/w Enum5150base1dP2dP3dP
0 'Stop' will abort the self-tuning process, and the controller returns to normal operationwith the previous parameter settings.
1 Start of the self-tuning process is possible during manual or automatic controlleroperation.
Absolute preset output value, which is used as output value duringmanual operation.Caution: With 3-point stepping controllers, Yman (evaluated thesame as Dyman) is added to the actual output value as a relativeshift.
Yman133432153529727
43070r/w Float -110...1105151base1dP2dP3dP
Differential preset output value, which is added to the actual outputvalue during manual operation. Negative values reduce the output.
dYman133442153629728
43072r/w Float -220...2205152base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_YInc Increasing the output value. There are two speeds: 40 s or 10 s forthe change from 0 % to 100 %.Note: The 3-point stepping controller translates the increments asUP.
Yinc133452153729729
43074r/w Enum5153base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 increment output
Enum_YDec Decreasing the output value. There are two speeds: 40 s or 10 s forthe change from 0 % to 100 %.Note: The 3-point stepping controller translates the increments asDOWN.
Ydec133462153829730
43076r/w Enum5154base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 decrement output
Effective setpoint. The value reached at the end of setpointprocessing, after taking W2, external setpoint, gradient, boostfunction, programmer settings, start-up function, and limit functionsinto account. Comparison with the effective process value leads tothe control deviation, from which the necessary controller responseis derived.
SP.EF132932148529677
42970r Float -1999...99995101base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 8PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Cntr1SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Status information during self-tuning, e.g. the actual condition, andpossible results, warnings, and error messages.
Bit 0 Process lined out; 0 = No; 1 = YesBit 1 Operating mode 'Self-tuning controller; 0 = Off; 1 = OnBit 2 Result of controller self-tuning; 0 = OK; 1 = FaultBit 3 - 7 Not usedBit 8 - 11 Result of the 'heating' attempt0 0 0 0 No message / Attempt still running0 0 0 1 Successful0 0 1 0 Successful, with risk of exceeded setpoint0 0 1 1 Error: Wrong operating sense0 1 0 0 Error: No response from process0 1 0 1 Error: Turning point too low0 1 1 0 Error: Risk of exceeded setpoint0 1 1 1 Error: Step output too small1 0 0 0 Error: Setpoint reserve too smallBit 12 - 15 Result of 'cooling' attempt (same as heating attempt)
St.Tune133322152429716
43048r Int 0...655355140base1dP2dP3dP
Max. rate of change for 'heating', i.e. the fastest process valueincrease during self-tuning. Vmax is calculated by the self-tuningfunction, and is determined by the reaction of the process to achange of the control output. It is used for defining controlleraction.
Vmax1133342152629718
43052r Float 0...99995142base1dP2dP3dP
Process gain for 'heating'. For control loops with self-regulation,process gain is the ratio determined by the change of the controloutput and the resulting permanent change of the process value. Kpis calculated by the self-tuning function, and is used for definingcontroller action.
Kp1133352152729719
43054r Float 0...99995143base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 9PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Cntr1SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Code Table Operating Version4
Enum_Msg The result of self-tuning for 'cooling' indicates whether self-tuningwas successful, and with what result.
Msg2133402153229724
43064r Enum5148base1dP2dP3dP
0 No message / Tuning attempt still running1 Self-tuning has been completed successfully. The new parameters are valid.2 Self-tuning was successful, but with a warning. The new parameters are valid.
Note: Self-tuning was aborted due to the risk of an exceeded setpoint, but usefulparameters were determined. Possibly repeat the attempt with an increased setpointreserve.
3 The process reacts in the wrong direction.Possible remedy: Reconfigure the controller (inverse <-> direct). Check the controlleroutput sense (inverse <-> direct).
4 No response from the process. Perhaps the control loop is open.Possible remedy: Check sensor, connections, and process.
5 The process value turning point of the step response is too low.Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
6 Self-tuning was aborted due to the risk of an exceeded setpoint. No useful parameterswere determined.Possible remedy: Repeat the attempt with an increased setpoint reserve.
7 The step output change is not large enough (minimum change > 5 %).Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
8 The controller is waiting. Setpoint reserve must be given before generating the step outputchange.Acknowledgment of this error message leads to switch-over to automatic mode. If self-tuning shall be continued, change set-point, change process value, or decreaseset-point range.
9 Impulse tuning failed. No useful parameters were determined. The control loop is perhapsnot closed: check sensor,connections and process.
Appendix Page 10PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Cntr1SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Msg The result of self-tuning for 'heating' indicates whether self-tuningwas successful, and with what result.
Msg1133362152829720
43056r Enum5144base1dP2dP3dP
0 No message / Tuning attempt still running1 Self-tuning has been completed successfully. The new parameters are valid.2 Self-tuning was successful, but with a warning. The new parameters are valid.
Note: Self-tuning was aborted due to the risk of an exceeded setpoint, but usefulparameters were determined. Possibly repeat the attempt with an increased setpointreserve.
3 The process reacts in the wrong direction.Possible remedy: Reconfigure the controller (inverse <-> direct). Check the controlleroutput sense (inverse <-> direct).
4 No response from the process. Perhaps the control loop is open.Possible remedy: Check sensor, connections, and process.
5 The process value turning point of the step response is too low.Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
6 Self-tuning was aborted due to the risk of an exceeded setpoint. No useful parameterswere determined.Possible remedy: Repeat the attempt with an increased setpoint reserve.
7 The step output change is not large enough (minimum change > 5 %).Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
8 The controller is waiting. Setpoint reserve must be given before generating the step outputchange.Acknowledgment of this error message leads to switch-over to automatic mode. If self-tuning shall be continued, change set-point, change process value, or decreaseset-point range.
9 Impulse tuning failed. No useful parameters were determined. The control loop is perhapsnot closed: check sensor,connections and process.
Enum_YGrwLs Gradient of Y-variation 'slow' or 'fast'. Changes the positioningoutput speed. There are two speeds for output variation: from 0%to 100% in 40s or in 10s.
YGrw133472153929731
43078r/w Enum5155base1dP2dP3dP
0 Slow change of Y, from 0% to 100% in 40 seconds.1 Fast change of Y, from 0% to 100% in 10 seconds.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 11PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
InP.12ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Code Table Operating Version4
Enum_IFnc Selection of the function assigned to the value at INP1, e.g. value atINP1 is the external setpoint.
I.Fnc8359
1655124743
33102r/w Enum167base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (subsequent input data are skipped)1 Heating current input.2 External setpoint SP.E or (depending on version) external setpoint shift SP.E.
(Switchover is done via -> LOGI/SP.E).3 Position feedback signal Yp.4 Second process value X2.
For process value functions such as ratio, min, max, mean. Adjustment via Cntr/C.tYP.5 Preset for external positioning value Y.E (switchover via -> LOGI/Y.E)6 No controller input (replaced e.g. by limit value signalling).7 Process value X1.
Appendix Page 12PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
InP.12ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_StYP Sensor type selection. For sensors with signals of resistancetransducer, current or voltage measuring, scaling can be adjusted
S.tYP9342
1753425726
35068r/w Enum1150base1dP2dP3dP
0 thermocouple type L (-100...900°C), Fe-CuNi DINFahrenheit: -148...1652°F
1 thermocouple type J (-100...1200°C), Fe-CuNiFahrenheit: -148...2192°F
2 thermocouple type K (-100...1350°C), NiCr-NiFahrenheit: -148...2462°F
3 thermocouple type N (-100...1300°C), Nicrosil-NisilFahrenheit: -148...2372°F
4 thermocouple type S (0...1760°C), PtRh-Pt10%Fahrenheit: 32...3200°F
5 thermocouple type R (0...1760°C), PtRh-Pt13%Fahrenheit: 32...3200°F
6 thermocouple type T (-200...400°C), Cu-CuNiFahrenheit: -328...752°F
7 thermocouple type C (0...2315°C), W5%Re-W26%ReFahrenheit: 32...4199°F
8 thermocouple type D (0...2315°C), W3%Re-W25%ReFahrenheit: 32...4199°F
9 thermocouple type E (-100...1000°C), NiCr-CuNiFahrenheit: -148...1832°F
10 thermocouple type B (0/400...1820°C), PtRh-Pt6%Fahrenheit: 32/752...3308°F
18 Special thermocouple with a linearization characteristic selectable by the user. Thisenables non-linear signals to be simulated or linearized.
20 Pt100 (-200.0 ... 100.0(150.0)°C)Measuring range up to 150°C at reduced lead resistance.Fahrenheit: -328...212(302) °F
21 Pt100 (-200.0 ... 850,0 °C)Fahrenheit: -328...1562 °F
22 Pt 1000 (-200.0...850.0 °C)Fahrenheit: -328...1562 °F
23 Special : 0...4500 Ohms.For KTY 11-6 with preset special linearization (-50...150 °C or -58...302 °F).
24 Special 0...450 Ohm30 Current : 0...20 mA / 4...20 mA40 0...10V / 2...10V41 Special -2.5...115 mV42 Special : -25...1150 mV50 potentiometer 0...160 Ohm51 potentiometer 0...450 Ohm52 potentiometer 0...1600 Ohm53 potentiometer 0...4500 Ohm
Enum_SLin Linearization (not adjustable for all sensor types S.tYP). Speciallinearization. The linearization table can be created with the Engineering Tool. The default characteristic is for KTY 11-6temperature sensors.
S.Lin9343
1753525727
35070r/w Enum1151base1dP2dP3dP
0 No special linearization.1 Special linearization. Definition of the linearization table is possible with the Engineering
Tool. The default setting is the characteristic of the KTY 11-6 temperature sensor.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 13PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
InP.12ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Corr3 Measured value correction / scalingCorr8352
1654424736
33088r/w Enum160base1dP2dP3dP
0 Without scaling1 The offset correction (in the CAL Level) can be done on-line in the process. If InL shows the
lower input value of the scaling point, then OuL must be adjusted to the correspondingdisplay value. Adjustments are made via the front panel keys of the device only.
2 Two-point correction (in CAL-Level) ist possible offline via process value transmitter oron-line in the process. Set process value for the upper and lower scaling point and confirmas input value InL or InH, then set the belonging displayed value OuL and OuH. Thesettings are done via the front of the device.
3 Scaling (at PArA-level). The input values for the upper (InL, OuL) and lower scaling point(InH. OuH) are visible at the parameter level. Adjustment is made via front operation or theengineering tool.
Substitute value in case of a fault. This value is used forcalculations, if there is a fault at the input (e.g. FAIL).
In.F9344
1753625728
35072r/w Float -1999...99991152base1dP2dP3dP
PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Input value of the lower scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The display of the input value of the lower scalingpoint (e.g. 4 mA) is done using the corresponding electrical value.
InL.19292
1748425676
34968r/w Float -1999...99991100base1dP2dP3dP
Display value of the lower scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The operator can change the display value of thelower scaling point, e.g. 4 mA is displayed as 2 [pH].
OuL.19293
1748525677
34970r/w Float -1999...99991101base1dP2dP3dP
Input value of the upper scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The display of the input value of the upper scalingpoint (e.g. 20 mA) is done using the corresponding electrical value.
InH.19294
1748625678
34972r/w Float -1999...99991102base1dP2dP3dP
Display value of the upper scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The operator can change the display value of theupper scaling point, e.g. 20 mA is displayed as 12 [pH].
OuH.19295
1748725679
34974r/w Float -1999...99991103base1dP2dP3dP
Filter time constant [s]. Every input is fitted with a digital (software)low-pass filter for suppressing process-related disturbances on theinput leads. Higher filter settings improve the suppression, but increase the delay of the input signals.
t.F19296
1748825680
34976r/w Float 0...1001104base1dP2dP3dP
External temperature compensation (temperature at the junction ofthermocouple/copper lead with external temperaturecompensation).
E.tc19297
1748925681
34978r/w Float 0...1001105base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 14PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Measurement value before the measurement value correction(unprocessed).
In.1r9362
1755425746
35108r Float -1999...99991170base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_InpFail Input circuit fault: faulty or incorrectly connected sensor.Fail9363
1755525747
35110r Enum1171base1dP2dP3dP
0 no error1 sensor break2 Incorrect polarity at input.4 Short circuit at input.
Measurement value after the measurement value correction (e.g.with offset or 2-point correction, and scaling).
In.19364
1755625748
35112r Float -1999...99991172base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing the value for an analog input INP. Forcing involves theexternal operation of an input. The instrument takes over the valueat this input like a measurement value (preset value for inputs froma superordinate system, e.g. for a function test.)
F.Inp9372
1756425756
35128r/w Float -1999...99991180base1dP2dP3dP
InP.23ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_IFnc Selection of the function assigned to the value at INP2, e.g. value atINP2 is the external setpoint.
I.Fnc8353
1654524737
33090r/w Enum161base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (subsequent input data are skipped)1 Heating current input.2 External setpoint SP.E or (depending on version) external setpoint shift SP.E.
(Switchover is done via -> LOGI/SP.E).3 Position feedback signal Yp.4 Second process value X2.
For process value functions such as ratio, min, max, mean. Adjustment via Cntr/C.tYP.5 Preset for external positioning value Y.E (switchover via -> LOGI/Y.E)6 No controller input (replaced e.g. by limit value signalling).7 Process value X1.
Code Table Operating Version4
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Appendix Page 15PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
InP.23ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_StYP2 Sensor type selection. For sensors with signals of resistancetransducer, current or voltage measuring, scaling can be adjusted.
S.tYP9442
1763425826
35268r/w Enum1250base1dP2dP3dP
30 Current : 0...20 mA / 4...20 mA31 0...50 mA current (AC)50 Potentiometer 0...160 Ohm51 Potentiometer 0...450 Ohm52 Potentiometer 0...1600 Ohm53 Potentiometer 0...4500 Ohm
Enum_Corr Measured value correction / scalingCorr8354
1654624738
33092r/w Enum162base1dP2dP3dP
0 Without scaling1 The offset correction (in the CAL Level) can be done on-line in the process. If InL shows the
lower input value of the scaling point, then OuL must be adjusted to the correspondingdisplay value. Adjustments are made via the front panel keys of the device only.
2 2-point correction (in CAL-Level) ist possible offline via process value transmitter or on-linein the process. Set process value for the upper and lower scaling point and confirm asinput value InL or InH, then set the belonging displayed value OuL and OuH. The settingsare done via the front of the device.
3 Scaling (at PArA-level). The input values for the upper (InL, OuL) and lower scaling point(InH. OuH) are visible at the parameter level. Adjustment is made via front operation or theengineering tool.
Substitute value in case of a fault. This value is used forcalculations, if there is a fault at the input (e.g. FAIL).
In.F9444
1763625828
35272r/w Float -1999...99991252base1dP2dP3dP
PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Input value of the lower scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The display of the input value of the lower scalingpoint (e.g. 4 mA) is done using the corresponding electrical value.
InL.29392
1758425776
35168r/w Float -1999...99991200base1dP2dP3dP
Display value of the lower scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The operator can change the display value of thelower scaling point, e.g. 4 mA is displayed as 2 [pH].
OuL.29393
1758525777
35170r/w Float -1999...99991201base1dP2dP3dP
Input value of the upper scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The display of the input value of the upper scalingpoint (e.g. 20 mA) is done using the corresponding electrical value.
InH.29394
1758625778
35172r/w Float -1999...99991202base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 16PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
InP.23PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Display value of the upper scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The operator can change the display value of theupper scaling point, e.g. 20 mA is displayed as 12 [pH].
OuH.29395
1758725779
35174r/w Float -1999...99991203base1dP2dP3dP
Filter time constant [s]. Every input is fitted with a digital (software)low-pass filter for suppressing process-related disturbances on theinput leads. Higher filter settings improve the suppression, but increase the delay of the input signals.
t.F29396
1758825780
35176r/w Float 0...1001204base1dP2dP3dP
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Measurement value after the measurement value correction (e.g.with offset or 2-point correction, and scaling).
In.29462
1765425846
35308r Float -1999...99991270base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_InpFail Input circuit fault: faulty or incorrectly connected sensor.Fail9463
1765525847
35310r Enum1271base1dP2dP3dP
0 no error1 sensor break2 Incorrect polarity at input.4 Short circuit at input.
Measurement value before the measurement value correction(unprocessed).
In.2r9464
1765625848
35312r Float -1999...99991272base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing the value for an analog input INP. Forcing involves theexternal operation of an input. The instrument takes over the valueat this input like a measurement value (preset value for inputs froma superordinate system, e.g. for a function test.)
F.Inp9472
1766425856
35328r/w Float -1999...99991280base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 17PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
InP.34ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Code Table Operating Version4
Enum_IFnc Selection of the function assigned to the value at INP3, e.g. value atINP3 is the external setpoint.
I.Fnc8358
1655024742
33100r/w Enum166base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (subsequent input data are skipped)1 Heating current input.2 External setpoint SP.E or (depending on version) external setpoint shift SP.E.
(Switchover is done via -> LOGI/SP.E).3 Position feedback signal Yp.4 Second process value X2.
For process value functions such as ratio, min, max, mean. Adjustment via Cntr/C.tYP.5 Preset for external positioning value Y.E (switchover via -> LOGI/Y.E)6 No controller input (replaced e.g. by limit value signalling).7 Process value X1.
Appendix Page 18PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
InP.34ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_StYP3 Sensor type selection. For sensors with signals of resistancetransducer, current or voltage measuring, scaling can be adjusted.
S.tYP9542
1773425926
35468r/w Enum1350base1dP2dP3dP
0 thermocouple type L (-100...900°C), Fe-CuNi DINFahrenheit: -148...1652°F
1 thermocouple type J (-100...1200°C), Fe-CuNiFahrenheit: -148...2192°F
2 thermocouple type K (-100...1350°C), NiCr-Ni Fahrenheit: -148...2462°F
3 thermocouple type N (-100...1300°C), Nicrosil-NisilFahrenheit: -148...2372°F
4 thermocouple type S (0...1760°C), PtRh-Pt10%Fahrenheit: 32...3200°F
5 thermocouple type R (0...1760°C), PtRh-Pt13%Fahrenheit: 32...3200°F
6 thermocouple type T (-200...400°C), Cu-CuNiFahrenheit: -328...752°F
7 thermocouple type C (0...2315°C), W5%Re-W26%ReFahrenheit: 32...4199°F
8 thermocouple type D (0...2315°C), W3%Re-W25%ReFahrenheit: 32...4199°F
9 thermocouple type E (-100...1000°C), NiCr-CuNiFahrenheit: -148...1832°F
10 thermocouple type B (0/100...1820°C), PtRh-Pt6%Fahrenheit: 32(212)...3308°F
18 Special thermocouple with a linearization characteristic selectable by the user. Thisenables non-linear signals to be simulated or linearized.
20 Pt100 (-200.0 ... 100.0(150.0)°C)Measuring range at reduced lead resistance up to 150°C.Fahrenheit: -328...212(302)°F
21 Pt100 (-200.0 ... 850,0 °C)Fahrenheit: -328...1562 °F
22 Pt 1000 (-200.0...850.0 °C)Fahrenheit: -328...1562 °F
23 Special : 0...4500 Ohms.For KTY 11-6 with preset special linearization (-50...150 °C or -58...302 °F).
24 Special : 0...450 Ohms30 Current : 0...20 mA / 4...20 mA41 Special : -2,5...115 mV42 Special : -25...1150 mV50 Potentiometer :0...160 Ohms51 Potentiometer :0...450 Ohms52 Potentiometer :0...1600 Ohms53 Potentiometer :0...4500 Ohms
Enum_SLin Linearization (not adjustable for all sensor types S.tYP). Speciallinearization. The linearization table can be created with the Engineering Tool. The default characteristic is for KTY 11-6temperature sensors.
S.Lin9543
1773525927
35470r/w Enum1351base1dP2dP3dP
0 No special linearization.1 Special linearization. Definition of the linearization table is possible with the Engineering
Tool. The default setting is the characteristic of the KTY 11-6 temperature sensor.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 19PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
InP.34ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Corr3 Measured value correction / scalingCorr8357
1654924741
33098r/w Enum165base1dP2dP3dP
0 Without scaling1 The offset correction (in the CAL Level) can be done on-line in the process. If InL shows the
lower input value of the scaling point, then OuL must be adjusted to the correspondingdisplay value. Adjustments are made via the front panel keys of the device only.
2 Two-point correction (in CAL-Level) ist possible offline via process value transmitter oron-line in the process. Set process value for the upper and lower scaling point and confirmas input value InL or InH, then set the belonging displayed value OuL and OuH. Thesettings are done via the front of the device.
3 Scaling (at PArA-level). The input values for the upper (InL, OuL) and lower scaling point(InH. OuH) are visible at the parameter level. Adjustment is made via front operation or theengineering tool.
Substitute value in case of a fault. This value is used forcalculations, if there is a fault at the input (e.g. FAIL).
In.F9544
1773625928
35472r/w Float -1999...99991352base1dP2dP3dP
PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Input value of the lower scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The display of the input value of the lower scalingpoint (e.g. 4 mA) is done using the corresponding electrical value.
InL.39492
1768425876
35368r/w Float -1999...99991300base1dP2dP3dP
Display value of the lower scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The operator can change the display value of thelower scaling point, e.g. 4 mA is displayed as 2 [pH].
OuL.39493
1768525877
35370r/w Float -1999...99991301base1dP2dP3dP
Input value of the upper scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The display of the input value of the upper scalingpoint (e.g. 20 mA) is done using the corresponding electrical value.
InH.39494
1768625878
35372r/w Float -1999...99991302base1dP2dP3dP
Display value of the upper scaling point. Depending on sensor type,the input value can be scaled to the required display value in theParameter Level. The operator can change the display value of theupper scaling point, e.g. 20 mA is displayed as 12 [pH].
OuH.39495
1768725879
35374r/w Float -1999...99991303base1dP2dP3dP
Filter time constant [s]. Every input is fitted with a digital (software)low-pass filter for suppressing process-related disturbances on theinput leads. Higher filter settings improve the suppression, but increase the delay of the input signals.
t.F39496
1768825880
35376r/w Float 0...999,91304base1dP2dP3dP
External temperature compensation (temperature at the junction ofthermocouple/copper lead with external temperaturecompensation).
E.tc39497
1768925881
35378r/w Float 0...1001305base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 20PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Measurement value after the measurement value correction (e.g.with offset or 2-point correction, and scaling).
In.39562
1775425946
35508r Float -1999...99991370base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_InpFail Input circuit fault: faulty or incorrectly connected sensor.Fail9563
1775525947
35510r Enum1371base1dP2dP3dP
0 no error1 sensor break2 Incorrect polarity at input.4 Short circuit at input.
Measurement value before the measurement value correction(unprocessed).
In.3r9564
1775625948
35512r Float -1999...99991372base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing the value for an analog input INP. Forcing involves theexternal operation of an input. The instrument takes over the valueat this input like a measurement value (preset value for inputs froma superordinate system, e.g. for a function test.)
F.Inp9572
1776425956
35528r/w Float -1999...99991380base1dP2dP3dP
Lim5ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Fcn Activation and adjustment of the limit value alarm (e.g. for inputcircuit monitoring), e.g. with/without storage.
Fnc.1103421853426726
37068r/w Enum2150base1dP2dP3dP
0 No limit value monitoring.1 measured value monitoring. The alarm signal is generated, if the limit is exceeded. If the
measured value is within the limits (including hysteresis) again, this alarm signal isresetted.
2 Measured value monitoring + alarm status latch. An alarm signal is generated, if the limitis exceeded. A latched alarm signal remains latched until it is manually resetted.
3 Signal monitoring for rate of change (per minute).4 Signal monitoring for rate of change (per minute) + storage of the alarm status.
Code Table Operating Version4
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Appendix Page 21PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Lim5ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Src Source for limit value. Selection of which value is to be monitored.Src.1103431853526727
37070r/w Enum2151base1dP2dP3dP
0 Process value = absolute alarm1 control deviation xw (process value - set-point) = relative alarm
Note: Monitoring with the effective set-point Weff. For example using a ramp it is thechanging set-point, not the target set-point of the ramp.
2 Control deviation Xw (= relative alarm) with suppression during start-up and setpointchanges. Limit value monitoring is continued as soon as the control deviation comeswithin the alarm limits again, at the latest after 10 * Tn.
3 Measured value of the analog input INP1.4 Measured value of the analog input INP2.5 Measured value of the analog input INP3.6 effective set-point Weff.
For example the ramp-function changes the effective set-point untill it matches theinternal (target) set-point.
7 correcting variable y (controller output)8 control variable deviation xw (actual value - internal set-point) = deviation alarm to
internal set-pointNote: Monitoring with the internal set-point Wint. For example using a ramp it is thetarget setpoint, not the changing set-point of the ramp.
9 Difference x1 - x2 (e.g. in combination with the process value function "Mean value",applicable for detecting aged thermocouples), difference between first and second processvalue.
11 Control deviation Xw (= relative alarm) with suppression during start-up and setpointchange. Limit value monitoring is continued as soon as the control deviation comes withinthe alarm limits again.
Enum_HCAL Activation of alarm heat current function. Either overload or breakcan be monitored, overload = current I > heat current limit, or break= current I < heat current limit. Short circuit is monitored in bothcases.
HC.AL102421843426626
36868r/w Enum2050base1dP2dP3dP
0 No heating current alarm.1 Overload and short circuit monitoring. Overload = current I > heat current limit.2 Break and short circuit monitoring. Break = current I < heat current limit.
Enum_LPAL Monitoring of control loop interruption (not possible with 3-pointstepping controller, not possible with signaller)
LP.AL132502144229634
42884r/w Enum5058base1dP2dP3dP
0 switched off / inactive1 LOOP alarm is generated, if with Y=100% there is no corresponding reaction of the
process variable within the time of 2 x ti.Possible remedial action: Check heating or cooling circuit, check sensor and replace it, ifnecessary, check controller and switchingdevice.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 22PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Lim5PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Lower limit value. The alarm is triggered if the value falls below thelimit, and is reset with lower limit value plus hysteresis.
L.1102921848426676
36968r/w Float -1999...99992100base1dP2dP3dP
Upper limit value. The alarm is triggered if the value rises above thelimit, and is reset with upper lower limit value plus hysteresis.
H.1102931848526677
36970r/w Float -1999...99992101base1dP2dP3dP
Hysteresis of the limit value. Switching difference for upper andlower limit value. The limit value must change by this amount (riseabove upper limit or fall below lower limit) before the limit valuealarm is reset.
HYS.1102941848626678
36972r/w Float 0...99992102base1dP2dP3dP
Delayed alarm of a limit value. The alarm is only triggered after thedefined delay time. It is only indicated, and possibly stored, if it isstill present after the delay time has elapsed.
dEL.1102951848726679
36974r/w Float 0...99992103base1dP2dP3dP
Heating current monitoring limit [A]. Depending on configuration,and apart from short-circuit monitoring, an overload test checkswhether the heating current is above the adjusted current limit, orbelow the limit when the heating is switched off. The heatingcurrent is measured by means of a current transformer (accessory),and the current range can be adapted.
HC.A101921838426576
36768r/w Float -1999...99992000base1dP2dP3dP
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Status of the heating current alarm. Displayable are heating currentshort-circuit and/or heating current alarm. Depending onconfiguration, the heating current alarm is either an interruption ofheating current (I < limit value) or heating current overload (I > limitvalue).
St.HC102621845426646
36908r Int 0...32070base1dP2dP3dP
Measured heating current [A]. Apart from the short circuit test, anddepending on configuration, an overcurrent test (current I > heatingcurrent limit) and an open circuit test (current I < heating currentlimit) is executed. The heating current is measured by means of a(separate) current transformer, whereby the input range can bescaled.
HC102631845526647
36910r Float -1999...99992071base1dP2dP3dP
Measured current with SSr [A]. The heating current (SSR) is shortcircuited, if there is a current flow even though the controller outputis switched off.Suggested remedy: check heating current circuit,replace solid-state relay if necessary.
SSr102641845626648
36912r Float -1999...99992072base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_LimStatus Limit value status: No alarm present or stored.St.Lim103621855426746
37108r Enum2170base1dP2dP3dP
0 no alarm1 latched alarm2 A limit value has been exceeded.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 23PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Lim26ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Fcn Activation and adjustment of the limit value alarm (e.g. for inputcircuit monitoring), e.g. with/without storage.
Fnc.2104421863426826
37268r/w Enum2250base1dP2dP3dP
0 No limit value monitoring.1 measured value monitoring. The alarm signal is generated, if the limit is exceeded. If the
measured value is within the limits (including hysteresis) again, this alarm signal isresetted.
2 Measured value monitoring + alarm status latch. An alarm signal is generated, if the limitis exceeded. A latched alarm signal remains latched until it is manually resetted.
3 Signal monitoring for rate of change (per minute).4 Signal monitoring for rate of change (per minute) + storage of the alarm status.
Enum_Src Source for limit value. Selection of which value is to be monitored.Src.2104431863526827
37270r/w Enum2251base1dP2dP3dP
0 Process value = absolute alarm1 control deviation xw (process value - set-point) = relative alarm
Note: Monitoring with the effective set-point Weff. For example using a ramp it is thechanging set-point, not the target set-point of the ramp.
2 Control deviation Xw (= relative alarm) with suppression during start-up and setpointchanges. Limit value monitoring is continued as soon as the control deviation comeswithin the alarm limits again, at the latest after 10 * Tn.
3 Measured value of the analog input INP1.4 Measured value of the analog input INP2.5 Measured value of the analog input INP3.6 effective set-point Weff.
For example the ramp-function changes the effective set-point untill it matches theinternal (target) set-point.
7 correcting variable y (controller output)8 control variable deviation xw (actual value - internal set-point) = deviation alarm to
internal set-pointNote: Monitoring with the internal set-point Wint. For example using a ramp it is thetarget setpoint, not the changing set-point of the ramp.
9 Difference x1 - x2 (e.g. in combination with the process value function "Mean value",applicable for detecting aged thermocouples), difference between first and second processvalue.
11 Control deviation Xw (= relative alarm) with suppression during start-up and setpointchange. Limit value monitoring is continued as soon as the control deviation comes withinthe alarm limits again.
PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Lower limit value. The alarm is triggered if the value falls below thelimit, and is reset with lower limit value plus hysteresis.
L.2103921858426776
37168r/w Float -1999...99992200base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 24PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Lim26PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Upper limit value. The alarm is triggered if the value rises above thelimit, and is reset with upper lower limit value plus hysteresis.
H.2103931858526777
37170r/w Float -1999...99992201base1dP2dP3dP
Hysteresis of the limit value. Switching difference for upper andlower limit value. The limit value must change by this amount (riseabove upper limit or fall below lower limit) before the limit valuealarm is reset.
HYS.2103941858626778
37172r/w Float 0...99992202base1dP2dP3dP
Delayed alarm of a limit value. The alarm is only triggered after thedefined delay time. It is only indicated, and possibly stored, if it isstill present after the delay time has elapsed.
dEL.2103951858726779
37174r/w Float 0...99992203base1dP2dP3dP
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_LimStatus Limit value status: No alarm present or stored.St.Lim104621865426846
37308r Enum2270base1dP2dP3dP
0 no alarm1 latched alarm2 A limit value has been exceeded.
Lim37ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Fcn Activation and adjustment of the limit value alarm (e.g. for inputcircuit monitoring), e.g. with/without storage.
Fnc.3105421873426926
37468r/w Enum2350base1dP2dP3dP
0 No limit value monitoring.1 measured value monitoring. The alarm signal is generated, if the limit is exceeded. If the
measured value is within the limits (including hysteresis) again, this alarm signal isresetted.
2 Measured value monitoring + alarm status latch. An alarm signal is generated, if the limitis exceeded. A latched alarm signal remains latched until it is manually resetted.
3 Signal monitoring for rate of change (per minute).4 Signal monitoring for rate of change (per minute) + storage of the alarm status.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 25PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Lim37ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Src Source for limit value. Selection of which value is to be monitored.Src.3105431873526927
37470r/w Enum2351base1dP2dP3dP
0 Process value = absolute alarm1 control deviation xw (process value - set-point) = relative alarm
Note: Monitoring with the effective set-point Weff. For example using a ramp it is thechanging set-point, not the target set-point of the ramp.
2 Control deviation Xw (= relative alarm) with suppression during start-up and setpointchanges. Limit value monitoring is continued as soon as the control deviation comeswithin the alarm limits again, at the latest after 10 * Tn.
3 Measured value of the analog input INP1.4 Measured value of the analog input INP2.5 Measured value of the analog input INP3.6 effective set-point Weff.
For example the ramp-function changes the effective set-point untill it matches theinternal (target) set-point.
7 correcting variable y (controller output)8 control variable deviation xw (actual value - internal set-point) = deviation alarm to
internal set-pointNote: Monitoring with the internal set-point Wint. For example using a ramp it is thetarget setpoint, not the changing set-point of the ramp.
9 Difference x1 - x2 (e.g. in combination with the process value function "Mean value",applicable for detecting aged thermocouples), difference between first and second processvalue.
11 Control deviation Xw (= relative alarm) with suppression during start-up and setpointchange. Limit value monitoring is continued as soon as the control deviation comes withinthe alarm limits again.
PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Lower limit value. The alarm is triggered if the value falls below thelimit, and is reset with lower limit value plus hysteresis.
L.3104921868426876
37368r/w Float -1999...99992300base1dP2dP3dP
Upper limit value. The alarm is triggered if the value rises above thelimit, and is reset with upper lower limit value plus hysteresis.
H.3104931868526877
37370r/w Float -1999...99992301base1dP2dP3dP
Hysteresis of the limit value. Switching difference for upper andlower limit value. The limit value must change by this amount (riseabove upper limit or fall below lower limit) before the limit valuealarm is reset.
HYS.3104941868626878
37372r/w Float 0...99992302base1dP2dP3dP
Delayed alarm of a limit value. The alarm is only triggered after thedefined delay time. It is only indicated, and possibly stored, if it isstill present after the delay time has elapsed.
dEL.3104951868726879
37374r/w Float 0...99992303base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 26PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Lim37SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_LimStatus Limit value status: No alarm present or stored.St.Lim105621875426946
37508r Enum2370base1dP2dP3dP
0 no alarm1 latched alarm2 A limit value has been exceeded.
LOGI8ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_dInP1 Local / remote switchover (Remote: Adjustment of all values via thefront panel is blocked).
L_r9243
1743525627
34870r/w Enum1051base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)1 always active2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.
Enum_dInP4 Source of the control signal for activating the second (safety)setpoint (SP.2=) W2.Note: W2 is not restricted by the setpoint limits.
SP.29244
1743625628
34872r/w Enum1052base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.
Enum_dInP1 Switching between internal set-point an external setpoint SP.E. Theexternal SP.E is either the absolute set-point Wext or the offset tothe set-point (dependent on instrument and configuration).
SP.E9245
1743725629
34874r/w Enum1053base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)1 always active2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 27PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
LOGI8ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_dInP3 Source of the control signal for activating the second positioningoutput Y2. Activated Y2 = positioner control.Caution: The parameter 'positioning output Y2' must not beconfused with the controller output Y2!
Y29246
1743825630
34876r/w Enum1054base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.6 Auto/manual key switches (A/M key)
Enum_dInP2 Signal for activating the external output value. The internal outputvalue Ypid is the controllers reaction on the process, with externaloutput value Y.E the controller output is controlled.
Y.E9247
1743925631
34878r/w Enum1055base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)1 always activated (manual station)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.6 Auto/manual key switches (A/M key)
Enum_dInp2 Source of the control signal for auto/manual switchover. In theautomatic mode, the controller is in charge. In the manual mode,the outputs can be varied independently of the process.
mAn9248
1744025632
34880r/w Enum1056base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)1 always activated (manual station)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.6 Auto/manual key switches (A/M key)
Enum_dInP3 Source of the control signal for disabling all the controlleroutputs.Note: Forcing has priority, and remains active; alarmprocessing also remains active.
C.oFF9249
1744125633
34882r/w Enum1057base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.6 Auto/manual key switches (A/M key)
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 28PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
LOGI8ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_dInp4 Source of the control signal to disable the auto/manual key. If theA/M key is disabled, switchover to manual operation is notpossible.
m.Loc9250
1744225634
34884r/w Enum1058base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.
Enum_dInP3 Source of the control signal for resetting all stored entries in theerror list (the list contains all error messages and alarms). If analarm is still present, i.e. the source of trouble has not beenremedied, stored alarms cannot be acknowledged (reset).
Err.r9251
1744325635
34886r/w Enum1059base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.6 Auto/manual key switches (A/M key)
Enum_dInP4 Source of the control signal for switchover between the twoparameter sets. The second parameter set is complete, andcomprises Pb (= proportional band), ti (= integral action time), and td(= derivative action time) for heating and for cooling. All othercontrol parameters, e.g. the switching duty cycles, are valid for bothparameter sets.
Pid.29253
1744525637
34890r/w Enum1061base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.
Enum_dInP6 Source of the control signal for switching the programmer betweenRun and Stop. On units with a simple programmer (only 1 program),a stop immediately causes a reset, followed by a new start. Withunits that have been defined as program controllers (severalprograms), the program is stopped, and then continued.
P.run9254
1744625638
34892r/w Enum1062base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)
Enum_dInP5 Source of the control signal for switching off the programmer (if theprogrammer is switched off, the internal setpoint becomeseffective).
P.oFF9255
1744725639
34894r/w Enum1063base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 29PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
LOGI8ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_dInP4 Signal source for switching the effective process value between thefirst process value X1 and second process value X2.
I.Chg9256
1744825640
34896r/w Enum1064base1dP2dP3dP
0 no function (switch-over via interface is possible)2 Digital Input DI1 switches3 DI2 switches (only visible with OPTION)4 DI3 switches (only visible with OPTION)5 F-key switches.
Enum_diFn Function of digital inputs (valid for all inputs)di.Fn9242
1743425626
34868r/w Enum1050base1dP2dP3dP
0 Basic setting 'Off': A permanent positive signal switches this function 'On', which isconnected to the digital input. Removal of the signal switches the function 'Off' again.
1 Basic setting 'On': A permanent positive signal switches this function 'Off', which isconnected to the digital input. Removal of the signal switches the function 'On' again.
2 Push-button function. Basic setting 'Off'. Only positive signals are effective. The firstpositive signal switches 'On'. Removal of the signal is necessary before the next positivesignal can switch 'Off'.
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Status of the digital inputs or of push-buttons (binary coded).
Bit 0 Input 1Bit 1 Input 2Bit 2 Input 3Bit 8 Status of 'F' keyBit 9 Status of 'A/M' keyBit 10 Status of 'Sel' keyBit 11 Status of 'Down' keyBit 12 Status of 'Up' keyBit 13 Status of 'Loc' key
St.Di9262
1745425646
34908r Int 0...71070base1dP2dP3dP
Remote operation. Remote means that all values can only beadjusted via the interface. Adjustments via the front panel areblocked.
L-R9272
1746425656
34928r/w Int 0...11080base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for activating the second (safety) setpoint (SP.2=) W2.Note: Setpoint W2 is not restricted by the setpoint limits!
W_W29273
1746525657
34930r/w Int 0...11081base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 30PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
LOGI8SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Signal for activating the external setpoint value. SP.E is the externalsetpoint, or dependent on the device and configuration of thesetpoint shift.
Wi_We9274
1746625658
34932r/w Int 0...11082base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for activating the 2nd output value Y2. With selected Y2, theoutput is operated as a positioner.Caution: Do not confuse theparameter 'fixed output Y2' with the controller output Y2!
Y_Y29275
1746725659
34934r/w Int 0...11083base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for activating the external positioning value. The controller isoperated as positioner.
Y_Y.E9276
1746825660
34936r/w Int 0...11084base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for activating manual operation. In the manual mode, thecontroller provides output signals independent of the process.
A-M9277
1746925661
34938r/w Int 0...11085base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for disabling all the controller outputs.Note: Forcing has priority; alarm processing remains active.
C.Off9278
1747025662
34940r/w Int 0...11086base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for disabling manual operation. Triggers a forced switchoverto automatic mode, and disables the front panel A/M key (also ifother functions have been assigned to the key).
L.AM9279
1747125663
34942r/w Int 0...11087base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for resetting the entire error list. The error list contains allerrors that are reported, e.g. device faults and limit values. It alsocontains queued as well as stored errors after their correction. Thereset acknowledges all errors, whereby queued errors will reappearafter the next error detection (measurement).
Err.r9280
1747225664
34944r/w Int 0...11088base1dP2dP3dP
Reset of the alarm triggered by a solid-state relay (SSR).SSRs are mostly used for frequent switching of heating elements,because they have no mechanical contacts that can wear out.However, an unnoticed short circuit could lead to overheating of themachine.
SSR.Res9281
1747325665
34946r/w Int 0...11089base1dP2dP3dP
Switch-over of parameter set. The 2nd parameter set contains onecomplete set each of Pb (= proportional band), ti (= integral actiontime), and td (= derivative action time) for heating and for cooling.All other control parameters, such as switching duty cycles, arevalid for both parameter sets.
Set1.29283
1747525667
34950r/w Int 0...11091base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for starting the programmer. On units with a simpleprogrammer (only 1 program), a stop immediately causes a reset,followed by a new start. With units that have been defined asprogram controllers (several programs), the program is stopped, andthen continued.
Prg.R.S9284
1747625668
34952r/w Int 0...11092base1dP2dP3dP
Programmer reset switches the programmer off, and sets it back tothe starting condition. Reset stops the currently active program, andactivates the internal setpoint. A newly selected program becomesthe active program.
Prg.Res9285
1747725669
34954r/w Int 0...11093base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 31PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
LOGI8SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Forcing of digital inputs. Forcing involves the external operation ofat least one input. The instrument takes over this input value(preset value for inputs from a superordinate system, e.g. for afunction test.)
Bit 0 Forcing of digital input 1Bit 1 Forcing of digital input 2Bit 2 Forcing of digital input 3Bit 3 Forcing of digital input 4Bit 4 Forcing of digital input 5
F.Di9286
1747825670
34956r/w Int 0...71094base1dP2dP3dP
Signal for switching the effective process value between the firstprocess value X1 and second process value X2.
I.Chg9287
1747925671
34958r/w Int 0...11095base1dP2dP3dP
ohnE9ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_ContrDis3 Display 3 of controller Operating Level (only visible withEngineering Tool), e.g. text only, value display or bargraph. If textonly is selected, this is fixed in the display. With the other settings,entering a text causes the display to switch cyclically from one tothe other.
CDis38318
1651024702
33020r/w Enum126base1dP2dP3dP
0 No value / only a fixed text.1 value display2 Output value as a bargraph.3 Control deviation as a bargraph.4 Process value as a bargraph.
This address consists of 2 float data transferred always together:1st data defines the number of operating hours after reaching InF.1will be set.2nd data defines the number of duty cycles after reaching InF.2 willbe set.
ContStdS8312
1650424696
33008r/w Float 1...9999999120base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 32PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ohnE9ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
This address consists of 2 bytes, which can only be transmittedtogether:1st datum defines which inputs are to be forced.Bit 0 = analog Input 1Bit 1 = analog Input 2Bit 2 = analog Input 3Bit 3 = not usedBit 4 = digital Input 1Bit 5 = digital Input 2Bit 6 = digital Input 3Bit 7 = not used2nd datum defines which outputs are to be forced.Bit 0 = Output 1Bit 1 = Output 2Bit 2 = Output 3Bit 3 = Output 4Bit 4 = Output 5Bit 5 = Output 6
DigForc8313
1650524697
33010r/w Int 0...255121base1dP2dP3dP
This address consists of 9 words. The words can only betransmitted together. The first 8 words describe the data to bedisplayed in the extended Operating Level. The 9th word definesthe datum to be shown in the 2nd display value (instead of thesetpoint). The basic address is to be entered as the value.
ErwBedie8316
1650824700
33016r/w Int 0...8000124base1dP2dP3dP
16 float values for linearization table with 16 entriesstructure:input1, output1input2, output2...Input values must be strictly monotonous rising. Starting frominput3 a switching off value can be given.
Lin8331
1652324715
33046r/w Float -9999...9999139base1dP2dP3dP
This address consists of 2 rsp. 3 bytes defining the release ofoperating levels. They can olny be transferred together.byte 1 blocking of operating levelstandard device:byte 2 blocking of operating levelprogrammer:byte 2 blocking of programmer levelbyte 3 blocking of operating level (content on request)
LocBedie8315
1650724699
33014r/w Int 0...255123base1dP2dP3dP
Password. 4-digit number for the password-protected access toblocked operating functions such as e.g. the Calibrating Level.
Pass8317
1650924701
33018r/w Int 0...9999125base1dP2dP3dP
Display 3 of the programmer Operating Level. Selection from acombination of important (time) counters for displaying the programstatus, e.g. segment number or remaining program time.
PDis38322
1651424706
33028r/w Int 0...5130base1dP2dP3dP
This address contains 8 bytes for the text that is to appear inDisplay 3.No text: 1st byte 0x00.
T.dis39092
1728425476
34568r/w Text 0...255900base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 33PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ohnE9ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
This address contains 16 bytes.Bytes 1 – 8: user-defined text for message Inf.1Bytes 9 – 16: user-defined text for message Inf.2No text: 1st byte 0x00
T.Inf9093
1728525477
34570r/w Text 0...255901base1dP2dP3dP
This address contains 128 bytes.These data contain theuser-defined texts for the programs.Bytes 1 - 8 user-defined text for program 1Bytes 9 - 16 user-defined text for program 2Bytes 17 - 24 user-defined text for program 3Bytes 25 - 32 user-defined text for program 4Bytes 33 - 40 user-defined text for program 5Bytes 41 - 48 user-defined text for program 6Bytes 49 - 56 user-defined text for program 7Bytes 57 - 64 user-defined text for program 8Bytes 65 - 72 user-defined text for program 9Bytes 73 - 80 user-defined text for program 10Bytes 81 - 88 user-defined text for program 11Bytes 89 - 96 user-defined text for program 12Bytes 97 - 104 user-defined text for program 13Bytes 105 - 112 user-defined text for program 14Bytes 113 - 120 user-defined text for program 15Bytes 121 - 128 user-defined text for program 16
T.Prog9094
1728625478
34572r/w Text 0...255902base1dP2dP3dP
Display cycle for Display 3 in seconds. If a value or a bargraph isshown in Display 3, an additional text can be selected. The text isdisplayed briefly after every cycle time instead of the value orbargraph.
Tdis38320
1651224704
33024r/w Int 2...60128base1dP2dP3dP
Address, which defines the display value in Display 3.ValuDis38319
1651124703
33022r/w Int 0...8000127base1dP2dP3dP
This address consists of 55 bytes, which define the visibility mask.They can be transferred only together. The mask defines theconfigurations and parameter represented in the operation(contents on request).
VisibelM9095
1728725479
34574r/w Int 0...255903base1dP2dP3dP
PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Start/Stop and abortion of the configuration mode0 = End of configuration1 = Start of configuration2 = Abort configuration
Conf8193
1638524577
32770r/w Int 0...21base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 34PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ohnE9SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Aenderungsflag Status message indicating that parameter / configuration havebeen changed via the front panel.
UPD8287
1647924671
32958r/w Enum95base1dP2dP3dP
0 No change via the front panel keys.1 A change has been made via the front panel keys, which must be processed.
Hw.Opt8392
1658424776
33168r Int 0...65535200base1dP2dP3dP
Software version XY Major and Minor Release (e.g. 21 = Version2.1). The software version specifies the firmware in the unit. For thecorrect interaction of E-Tool and device, it must match the operatingversion (OpVersion) in the E-Tool.
Sw.Op8393
1658524777
33170r Int 0...255201base1dP2dP3dP
Operating version (numeric value). For the correct interaction ofE-Tool and device, the software version and operating version mustmatch.
Bed.V8394
1658624778
33172r Int 0...255202base1dP2dP3dP
Identification of the device.Unit8395
1658724779
33174r Int 0...255203base1dP2dP3dP
The sub-version number is given as an additional index for precisedefinition of software version.
S.Vers8396
1658824780
33176r Int 100...255204base1dP2dP3dP
Device identification. Via this Modbus address, up to 14 data units(28 bytes) can be defined.Bytes 1 - 15 order number of the deviceBytes 16 - 19 Ident number 1Bytes 20 + 21 Ident number 2Bytes 22 - 25 OEM numberBytes 26 - 28 Software order number
Uident9102
1729425486
34588r Text ...910base1dP2dP3dP
Internal device dataIntUnitD9103
1729525487
34590r Text ...911base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 35PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ohnE9SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Alarm status: Bit-wise coded status of the individual alarms, e.g.exceeded limit value or Loop.
Bit 0 Existing/stored exceeded limit 1Bit 1 Existing/stored exceeded limit 2Bit 2 Existing/stored exceeded limit 3Bit 3 Not usedBit 4 Existing/stored loop alarmBit 5 Existing/stored heating current alarmBit 6 Existing/stored SSR alarmBit 7 Not usedBit 8 Existing exceeded limit 1Bit 9 Existing exceeded limit 2Bit 10 Existing exceeded limit 3Bit 11 Not usedBit 12 Existing loop alarmBit 13 Existing heating current alarmBit 14 Existing SSR alarmBit 15 Not used
St.Ala8442
1663424826
33268r Int 0...31250base1dP2dP3dP
Status of the digital outputsBit 0 digital output 1Bit 1 digital output 2Bit 2 digital output 3Bit 3 digital output 4Bit 4 digital output 5 Bit 5 digital output 6
St.Do8443
1663524827
33270r Int 0...31251base1dP2dP3dP
Bit-coded status of the analog input (fault, e.g. short circuit)
Bit 0 Break at Input 1Bit 1 Reversed polarity at Input 1Bit 2 Short circuit at Input 1Bit 3 Not usedBit 4 Break at Input 2Bit 5 Reversed polarity at Input 2Bit 6 Short-circuit at Input 2Bit 7 Not usedBit 8 Break at Input 3 (only KS 90)Bit 9 Reversed polarity at Input 3 (only KS 90)Bit 10 Short-circuit at Input 3 (only KS 90)Bit 11 Not used
St.Ain8444
1663624828
33272r Int 0...7252base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 36PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ohnE9SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Status of the digital inputs or of push-buttons (binary coded).
Bit 0 Input 1Bit 1 Input 2Bit 2 Input 3Bit 8 Status of 'F' keyBit 9 Status of 'A/M' keyBit 10 Status of 'Sel' keyBit 11 Status of 'Down' keyBit 12 Status of 'Up' keyBit 13 Status of 'Loc' key
St.Di8445
1663724829
33274r Int 0...7253base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing of digital inputs. Forcing involves the external operation ofat least one input. The instrument takes over this input value(preset value for inputs from a superordinate system, e.g. for afunction test.)
Bit 0 Forcing of digital input 1Bit 1 Forcing of digital input 2Bit 2 Forcing of digital input 3Bit 3 Forcing of digital input 4Bit 4 Forcing of digital input 5
F.Di8495
1668724879
33374r/w Int 0...1303base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing of digital outputs. Forcing involves the external operation ofat least one output. The instrument has no influence on this output(use of free outputs by superordinate system).
F.Do8496
1668824880
33376r/w Int 0...15304base1dP2dP3dP
ohnE110SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Measurement value after the measurement value correction (e.g.with offset or 2-point correction, and scaling).
In.18424
1661624808
33232r Float -1999...9999232base1dP2dP3dP
Measurement value before the measurement value correction(unprocessed).
In.1r8432
1662424816
33248r Float -1999...9999240base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing the value for an analog input INP. Forcing involves theexternal operation of an input. The instrument takes over the valueat this input like a measurement value (preset value for inputs froma superordinate system, e.g. for a function test.)
F.Inp8492
1668424876
33368r/w Float -1999...9999300base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 37PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ohnE211SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Measurement value after the measurement value correction (e.g.with offset or 2-point correction, and scaling).
In.28425
1661724809
33234r Float -1999...9999233base1dP2dP3dP
Measurement value before the measurement value correction(unprocessed).
In.2r8433
1662524817
33250r Float -1999...9999241base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing the value for an analog input INP. Forcing involves theexternal operation of an input. The instrument takes over the valueat this input like a measurement value (preset value for inputs froma superordinate system, e.g. for a function test.)
F.Inp8493
1668524877
33370r/w Float -1999...9999301base1dP2dP3dP
ohnE312SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Measurement value after the measurement value correction (e.g.with offset or 2-point correction, and scaling).
In.38426
1661824810
33236r Float -1999...9999234base1dP2dP3dP
Measurement value before the measurement value correction(unprocessed).
In.3r8434
1662624818
33252r Float -1999...9999242base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing the value for an analog input INP. Forcing involves theexternal operation of an input. The instrument takes over the valueat this input like a measurement value (preset value for inputs froma superordinate system, e.g. for a function test.)
F.Inp8494
1668624878
33372r/w Float -1999...9999302base1dP2dP3dP
Forcing value of the analog output. Forcing involves the externaloperation of an output, i.e. the instrument has no influence on thisoutput. (Used for the operation of free outputs e.g. by a supervisoryPLC.)
F.Out18497
1668924881
33378r/w Float 0...120305base1dP2dP3dP
ohnE413SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Forcing value of the analog output. Forcing involves the externaloperation of an output, i.e. the instrument has no influence on thisoutput. (Used for the operation of free outputs e.g. by a supervisoryPLC.)
F.Out28498
1669024882
33380r/w Float 0...120306base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 38PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
othr14ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Baud Bit rate of the interface (only visible with OPTION). The bit ratedetermines the transmission speed.
bAud8372
1656424756
33128r/w Enum180base1dP2dP3dP
0 2400 Baud1 4800 Baud2 9600 Baud3 19200 Baud
Address on the interface (only visible with OPTION)Addr8373
1656524757
33130r/w Int 1...247181base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_Parity Parity of data on the interface (only visible with OPTION). Simplepossibility of checking that transferred data is correct.
PrtY8374
1656624758
33132r/w Enum182base1dP2dP3dP
0 No parity, with 2 stop bits.1 even parity2 odd parity3 no parity (1 stop bit)
Response delay [ms] (only visible with OPTION). Additional delaytime before the received message may be answered on theModbus. (Might be necessary, if the same line is used fortransmit/receive.)
dELY8375
1656724759
33134r/w Int 0...200183base1dP2dP3dP
Address of the device on the PROFIBUS. The address identifies thedevice clearly.
dp.Ad8387
1657924771
33158r/w Int 0...126195base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_BackupControl behaviour as backup controller. The control function is done by themaster. The instrument provides the display, reads the measuredvalues and outputs the correcting variable. If bus communication (orthe master) fails, the controller changes to normal operation.
bc.uP8388
1658024772
33160r/w Enum196base1dP2dP3dP
0 The backup function is not active.1 With backup function. Operates in the positioner mode as long as bus communication is
functional. If bus communication (or the master) fails, the controller changes to normaloperation.
Enum_Unit Physical unit (temperature), f.e.°CUnit8362
1655424746
33108r/w Enum170base1dP2dP3dP
0 without unit1 °C2 °F
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 39PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
othr14ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_dP Decimal point (max. no of decimals). Format of the measured valuedisplay.
dP8363
1655524747
33110r/w Enum171base1dP2dP3dP
0 no digit behind the decimal point1 Display has one decimal.2 Display has two decimals.3 Display has three decimals.
Enum_Led Meaning of the signalling LEDs. Selection of a combination of thedisplayable signals.
LEd8382
1657424766
33148r/w Enum190base1dP2dP3dP
10 The digital outputs OUT1, OUT2, OUT3, and OUT4 are displayed.11 Display of controller output y1 (heating / open), alarm1, alarm2, alarm312 Display of controller output y1 (heating / open), controller output y2 (cooling / close),
alarm1, alarm213 Display of controller output y2 (cooling / close), controller output y1 (heating / open),
alarm1, alarm220 Display of controller output y1 (heating / open), controller output y2 (cooling / close), and
the programmer outputs Track, Track2.21 Display of controller output y2 (cooling / close), controller output y1 (heating / open), and
the programmer outputs Track1, Track2.22 Display of the programmer outputs Track1, Track2, Track3, and Track4.
Brightness of the display.dISP8364
1655624748
33112r/w Int 0...10172base1dP2dP3dP
For both interfaces, Modbus only. Additional acceptable delay timebetween 2 received bytes, before "end of message" is assumed.This time is needed if data is not transmitted continousely by themodem.
C.dEL8376
1656824760
33136r/w Int 0...200184base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_FrEq Switchover of the applied mains frequency 50 / 60 Hz, therebybetter adaptation of the input filter for hum suppression.
FrEq8342
1653424726
33068r/w Enum150base1dP2dP3dP
0 Mains frequency is 50 Hz.1 Mains frequency is 60 Hz.
Enum_MASt Device works as Modbus master.The communication is executed according to the master/slaveprinciple, whereby the device can be operated as master or asslave. Operation as master must be configured here.
MASt8377
1656924761
33138r/w Enum185base1dP2dP3dP
0 No, the unit is operated as a Modbus slave.1 Yes, the unit is operated as a Modbus master.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 40PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
othr14ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Cycle time (in seconds) during which the Modbus master transmitsits message on the bus.
Cycl8378
1657024762
33140r/w Int 0...200186base1dP2dP3dP
Target address to which the data specified with AdrU are output onthe bus.
AdrO8379
1657124763
33142r/w Int 1...65535187base1dP2dP3dP
Modbus address of the data output on the bus by the Modbusmaster.
AdrU8380
1657224764
33144r/w Int 1...65535188base1dP2dP3dP
Quantity of data that are to be transmitted from the Modbusmaster.
Numb8381
1657324765
33146r/w Int 0...100189base1dP2dP3dP
Addresses of the data that are to be read out of the device via thePROFIBUS (57 values).
dp.ra8389
1658124773
33162r/w Int 0...8191197base1dP2dP3dP
Addresses of the data that are to be written into the device via thePROFIBUS (57 values).
dp.wr8390
1658224774
33164r/w Int 0...8191198base1dP2dP3dP
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Defect Err 1 (internal error)Contact Service.
E.18402
1659424786
33188r/w Enum210base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault exists (Reset).2 The device is defective.
Problem Err 2 (internal error, resettable)(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
E.28403
1659524787
33190r/w Enum211base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting possible (Reset).1 A fault has occurred and has been stored.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 41PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
othr14SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Break Sensor break at input INP1.Typical causes and suggested remedies:Sensor fault: replace INP1 sensor.Wiring fault: check connections of INP1.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
FbF.18404
1659624788
33192r/w Enum212base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the sensor break alarm possible (Reset).1 The sensor fault alarm has been triggered and stored; the fault is no longer present. The
operator must acknowledge the error message in order to delete it from the error list.2 Sensor break: The sensor is defective or there is a wiring fault.
Short Short circuit at input INP1.Typical causes and suggested remedies:Sensor fault: replace INP1 sensor.Wiring fault: check connections of INP1.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
Sht.18405
1659724789
33194r/w Enum213base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the short-circuit alarm possible (Reset).1 A short-circuit fault has occurred and has been stored.2 A short-circuit fault has occurred.
Polarity Incorrect polarity at input INP1.Suggested remedy: reverse the polarity at INP1.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
POL.18406
1659824790
33196r/w Enum214base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the incorrect polarity alarm possible (Reset).1 An incorrect polarity fault has occurred and has been stored.2 Incorrect polarity. The wiring of the input circuit is not correct.
Break Sensor break at input INP2.Typical causes and suggested remedies:Sensor fault: replace INP2 sensor.Wiring fault: check connections of INP2.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
FbF.28407
1659924791
33198r/w Enum215base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the sensor break alarm possible (Reset).1 The sensor fault alarm has been triggered and stored; the fault is no longer present. The
operator must acknowledge the error message in order to delete it from the error list.2 Sensor break: The sensor is defective or there is a wiring fault.
Short Short circuit at input INP2.Typical causes and suggested remedies:Sensor fault: replace INP2 sensor.Wiring fault: check connections of INP2.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
Sht.28408
1660024792
33200r/w Enum216base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the short-circuit alarm possible (Reset).1 A short-circuit fault has occurred and has been stored.2 A short-circuit fault has occurred.
Polarity Incorrect polarity at input INP2.Suggested remedy: reverse the polarity at INP2.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
POL.28409
1660124793
33202r/w Enum217base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the incorrect polarity alarm possible (Reset).1 An incorrect polarity fault has occurred and has been stored.2 Incorrect polarity. The wiring of the input circuit is not correct.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 42PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
othr14SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
HeatCurr Heating current alarm.Possible fault s are an open heating currentcircuit with current I < heating current limit, or current I > heatingcurrent limit (depending on configuration), or defective heaterband.Suggested remedy: check heating current circuit, replaceheater band if necessary.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
HCA8410
1660224794
33204r/w Enum218base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the heating current alarm possible (Reset).1 A heating current fault has occurred and has been stored.
Short Alarm message: SSrPossible causes: a current flow in the heating circuit althoughcontroller is 'off', or the SSR is defective.Suggested remedy: check heating current circuit, replace thesolid-state relay, if necessary.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
SSr8411
1660324795
33206r/w Enum219base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the short-circuit alarm possible (Reset).1 A short-circuit fault has occurred and has been stored.2 A short-circuit fault has occurred.
LoopAlarm Alarm message: LooPPossible causes: faulty or incorrectly connected input circuit, oroutput not connected correctly.Suggested remedy: check heating or cooling circuit, check sensorfunction and replace if necessary, check controller and outputswitching actuator.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
LooP8412
1660424796
33208r/w Enum220base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the loop alarm possible (Reset).1 A control loop fault has occurred and has been stored.2 A control loop fault has occurred, there was no clear process response following a step
change of the output.
Tune Error message from "heating" self-tuning and reason for abortedtuning attempt.Hints for trouble-shooting: Check operating sense of actuator. Is theloop closed? Is there an output limit? Adapt the setpoint. Increasestep output for Yopt.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
AdA.H8413
1660524797
33210r/w Enum221base1dP2dP3dP
0 no error3 Process responds in the wrong direction.
Possible remedy: Check the output signal sense (inverse <-> direct), and re-configure thecontroller if necessary (inverse <-> direct).
4 No response from the process. Perhaps the control loop is open.Possible remedy: Check sensor, connections, and process.
5 The process value turning point of the step response is too low.Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
6 Self-tuning was aborted due to the risk of an exceeded setpoint.Possible remedy: Repeat the attempt with an increased setpoint reserve.
7 The step output change is not large enough (minimum change > 5 %).Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
8 Setpoint reserve must be given before generating the step output change.Possible remedy: decrease set-point range, change set-point, or change process value.
9 The pulse response attempt has failed. No useful parameters were determined. Perhapsthe control loop is open.Possible remedy: Check sensor, connections, and process.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 43PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
othr14SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Tune Error message from "cooling" self-tuning and reason for abortedtuning attempt.Hints for trouble-shooting: Check operating sense of actuator. Is theloop closed? Is there an output limit? Adapt the setpoint. Increasestep output for Yopt.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
AdA.C8414
1660624798
33212r/w Enum222base1dP2dP3dP
0 no error3 Process responds in the wrong direction.
Possible remedy: Check the output signal sense (inverse <-> direct), and re-configure thecontroller if necessary (inverse <-> direct).
4 No response from the process. Perhaps the control loop is open.Possible remedy: Check sensor, connections, and process.
5 The process value turning point of the step response is too low.Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
6 Self-tuning was aborted due to the risk of an exceeded setpoint.Possible remedy: Repeat the attempt with an increased setpoint reserve.
7 The step output change is not large enough (minimum change > 5 %).Possible remedy: Increase the permitted step output range, i.e. increase the parameterY.Hi ('heating') or reduce the parameter Y.Lo ('cooling').
8 Setpoint reserve must be given before generating the step output change.Possible remedy: decrease set-point range, change set-point, or change process value.
9 The pulse response attempt has failed. No useful parameters were determined. Perhapsthe control loop is open.Possible remedy: Check sensor, connections, and process.
Limit Limit value 1 exceeded.Hint for trouble-shooting: check the process.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
Lim.18415
1660724799
33214r/w Enum223base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the limit value alarm possible (Reset).1 The limit value has been exceeded, and the fault has been stored.2 The limit value has been exceeded; the monitored (measurement) value is outside the set
limits.
Limit Limit value 2 exceeded.Hint for trouble-shooting: check the process.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
Lim.28416
1660824800
33216r/w Enum224base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the limit value alarm possible (Reset).1 The limit value has been exceeded, and the fault has been stored.2 The limit value has been exceeded; the monitored (measurement) value is outside the set
limits.
Limit Limit value 3 exceeded.Hint for trouble-shooting: check the process.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
Lim.38417
1660924801
33218r/w Enum225base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the limit value alarm possible (Reset).1 The limit value has been exceeded, and the fault has been stored.2 The limit value has been exceeded; the monitored (measurement) value is outside the set
limits.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 44PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
othr14SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Time Message from the operating hours counter that the preset no. ofhours for this maintenance period has been reached. The op-hourscounter for the maintenance period is reset when this message isacknowledged. Counting the operating hours is used for preventivemaintenance. - Acknowledge the error to reset it.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
InF.18418
1661024802
33220r/w Enum226base1dP2dP3dP
0 No signal, resetting of the time limit signal possible (Reset).1 Operating hours - limit value (maintenance period) reached: please acknowledge.
Switch Message from the switching cycle counter that the preset no. ofswitch cycles for this maintenance period has been reached. Thecycle counter for the maintenance period is reset when thismessage is acknowledged. Counting the switching cycles is usedfor preventive maintenance. - Acknowledge the error to reset it.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
InF.28419
1661124803
33222r/w Enum227base1dP2dP3dP
0 No error message, resetting of the switching cycle counter possible (Reset).1 Set limit of the switching cycle counter (maintenance period) has been reached: please
acknowledge.
Problem Hardware fault.Cause: Code number and hardware are notidentical.Remedy: Contact Service.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
E.48420
1661224804
33224r/w Enum228base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting possible (Reset).1 A fault has occurred and has been stored.
Break3 Sensor break at input INP3.Typical causes and suggested remedies:Sensor fault: replace INP3 sensor.Wiring fault: check connections of INP3.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
FbF.38592
1678424976
33568r/w Enum400base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the sensor break alarm possible (Reset).1 The sensor fault alarm has been triggered and stored; the fault is no longer present. The
operator must acknowledge the error message in order to delete it from the error list.2 Sensor break: The sensor is defective or there is a wiring fault.
Short3 Short circuit at input INP3.Typical causes and suggested remedies:Sensor fault: replace INP3 sensor.Wiring fault: check connections of INP3.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
Sht.38593
1678524977
33570r/w Enum401base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the short-circuit alarm possible (Reset).1 A short-circuit fault has occurred and has been stored.2 A short-circuit fault has occurred.
Polarity3 Incorrect polarity at input INP3.Suggested remedy: reverse the polarity at INP3.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
POL.38594
1678624978
33572r/w Enum402base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting of the incorrect polarity alarm possible (Reset).1 An incorrect polarity fault has occurred and has been stored.2 Incorrect polarity. The wiring of the input circuit is not correct.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 45PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
othr14SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
ConfErr configuration fault.Typical causes and suggested remedies:Missing or faulty configuration: check interactions in theconfiguration and parameter settings.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
E.38595
1678724979
33574r/w Enum403base1dP2dP3dP
0 No configuration error2 There is a configuration error. The configuration is missing or wrong, or it does not match
the parameter settings.
Enum_DacAlarm DAC alarm, possibly with cause.On all controllers with position feedback Yp, the actuator can bemonitored for incorrect operation, e.g. defective motor or excessiveplay due to wear. In all cases, the controller changes into manualoperation and switches the outputs off.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
dAc8596
1678824980
33576r/w Enum404base1dP2dP3dP
0 no error3 Output is blocked - check the drive for blockage
After solving the technical problem the DAC errror can be acknowledged in theerror list. Thereafter the controller works again in normal operation mode.
4 Wrong method of operation - rong phasing, defect motor capacitorAfter solving the technical problem the DAC errror can be acknowledged in theerror list. Thereafter the controller works again in normal operation mode.
5 Fail at Yp measurement - check the connection to the Yp inputAfter solving the technical problem the DAC errror can be acknowledged in theerror list. Thereafter the controller works again in normal operation mode.
6 Calibration error - manual calibration necessaryAfter solving the technical problem the DAC errror can be acknowledged in theerror list. Thereafter the controller works again in normal operation mode.
E5 PROFIBUS fault.Problem (1): The fault occurrence has been stored. The fault is nolonger present, but has not yet been acknowledged.Defect (2): The PROFIBUS communication is faulty. Please contactService.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
E.58602
1679424986
33588r/w Enum410base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting possible (Reset).1 A Profibus error has occurred and has been stored.2 Please contact Service.
Problem_dp PROFIBUS access fault.Possible causes: bus fault, connector problem or no connection tobus.Possible remedies: Check bus cable, check connector & leads.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
dP.18603
1679524987
33590r/w Enum411base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting possible (Reset).2 A Profibus fault has occurred, there is no communication.
Problem_dp PROFIBUS configuration fault.Possible cause: incorrectly configured DP telegram.Suggested remedy: check DP telegram configuration in the master.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
dP.28604
1679624988
33592r/w Enum412base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting possible (Reset).2 A Profibus fault has occurred, there is no communication.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 46PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
othr14SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Problem_dp PROFIBUS parameter fault.Possible cause: incorrect parameters in DP telegram.Suggested remedy: check DP telegram parameters in the master(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
dP.38605
1679724989
33594r/w Enum413base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting possible (Reset).2 A Profibus fault has occurred, there is no communication.
Problem_dp PROFIBUS data exchange fault.No exchange of user data.Possible causes: bus fault, address fault, master stopped.Suggested remedy: check cable connections, check address, checkmaster setting.(As a process value via fieldbus interface not writable!)
dP.48606
1679824990
33596r/w Enum414base1dP2dP3dP
0 No fault, resetting possible (Reset).2 A Profibus fault has occurred, there is no communication.
Out.115ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_OAct Operating sense of the switching output.Direct: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output ON;Inverse: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output OFF.
O.Act123422053428726
41068r/w Enum4150base1dP2dP3dP
0 direct / normally open1 inverse / normally closed
Enum_Y1 Output function: Controller output Y1Y.1123432053528727
41070r/w Enum4151base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y1.
Enum_Y2 Output function: Controller output Y2. Caution: Do not confuse thecontroller output Y2 with the parameter 'Fixed output Y2' !
Y.2123442053628728
41072r/w Enum4152base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y2.
Enum_Lim1 Output function: Signal limit 1Lim.1123452053728729
41074r/w Enum4153base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 1.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 47PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.115ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Lim2 Output function: Signal limit 2Lim.2123462053828730
41076r/w Enum4154base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 2.
Enum_Lim3 Output function: Signal limit 3Lim.3123472053928731
41078r/w Enum4155base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 3.
Enum_OUT_LPAL Output function: Signal Interruption alarm (LOOP)The overall control loop is monitored and the process value has tochange with an output signal of maximum value, else loop alarm isgenerated.
LP.AL123492054128733
41082r/w Enum4157base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The loop alarm (= open loop alarm) is assigned to this output.
Enum_OUT_HCAL Output function: Signal Heat current alarm. Either break (= current I< heating current limit) can be monitored or overload (= current I >heating current limit), dependent on configuration.
HC.AL123502054228734
41084r/w Enum4158base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The heating current alarm is assigned to this output.
Enum_HCSC Output function: Signal Solid-state relay (SSR) short circuit.The short circuit alarm of the SSR is triggered, if a current isdetected in the heating circuit, although the controller output isswitched off.
HC.SC123512054328735
41086r/w Enum4159base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Output activated by an SSR fault.
Enum_PEnd Output function: Signal Program end. This message is available when the program has been completed(only when configured as a program controller).
P.End123532054528737
41090r/w Enum4161base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output is activated by the message 'Program end'.
Enum_FAi1 Output function: Signal INP1 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP1.
FAi.1123542054628738
41092r/w Enum4162base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP1 fault'.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 48PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.115ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_FAi2 Output function: Signal INP2 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP2.
FAi.2123552054728739
41094r/w Enum4163base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP2 fault'.
Enum_FAi3 Output function: Signal INP3 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP3.
FAi.3123562054828740
41096r/w Enum4164base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP3 fault'.
Enum_PrG1 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 1. A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.1123572054928741
41098r/w Enum4165base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 1 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG2 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 2. A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.2123582055028742
41100r/w Enum4166base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 2 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG3 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 3. TA control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.3123592055128743
41102r/w Enum4167base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 3 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG4 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 4.A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.4123602055228744
41104r/w Enum4168base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 4 is assigned to this output.
Enum_CALL Output: Operator call. At the end of a program segment, a contact is set, e.g. for anacoustic signal. This indicates to the operator that a certainprogram status has been reached, and operator action is required.Operator calling is used, if the program may only be continued aftera check or some kind of operator action.
CALL123612055328745
41106r/w Enum4169base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is switched by an operator call.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 49PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.115ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_DP_ERR Output function: Signal Fault in the Profibus communication.This output is set when a fault in the Profibus communicationoccurs. There is no more communication with this device.
dP.Er123672055928751
41118r/w Enum4175base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 This output sends the Profibus fault.
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Ausgang Status of the digital outputOut1123722056428756
41128r Enum4180base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Enum_Ausgang Forcing of this digital output. Forcing involves the external operationof an output. The instrument has no influence on this output (use offree outputs by superordinate system).
F.Do1123732056528757
41130r/w Enum4181base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Out.216ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_OAct Operating sense of the switching output.Direct: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output ON;Inverse: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output OFF.
O.Act124422063428826
41268r/w Enum4250base1dP2dP3dP
0 direct / normally open1 inverse / normally closed
Enum_Y1 Output function: Controller output Y1Y.1124432063528827
41270r/w Enum4251base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y1.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 50PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.216ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Y2 Output function: Controller output Y2. Caution: Do not confuse thecontroller output Y2 with the parameter 'Fixed output Y2' !
Y.2124442063628828
41272r/w Enum4252base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y2.
Enum_Lim1 Output function: Signal limit 1Lim.1124452063728829
41274r/w Enum4253base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 1.
Enum_Lim2 Output function: Signal limit 2Lim.2124462063828830
41276r/w Enum4254base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 2.
Enum_Lim3 Output function: Signal limit 3Lim.3124472063928831
41278r/w Enum4255base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 3.
Enum_OUT_LPAL Output function: Signal Interruption alarm (LOOP)The overall control loop is monitored and the process value has tochange with an output signal of maximum value, else loop alarm isgenerated.
LP.AL124492064128833
41282r/w Enum4257base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The loop alarm (= open loop alarm) is assigned to this output.
Enum_OUT_HCAL Output function: Signal Heat current alarm. Either break (= current I< heating current limit) can be monitored or overload (= current I >heating current limit), dependent on configuration.
HC.AL124502064228834
41284r/w Enum4258base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The heating current alarm is assigned to this output.
Enum_HCSC Output function: Signal Solid-state relay (SSR) short circuit.The short circuit alarm of the SSR is triggered, if a current isdetected in the heating circuit, although the controller output isswitched off.
HC.SC124512064328835
41286r/w Enum4259base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Output activated by an SSR fault.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 51PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.216ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_PEnd Output function: Signal Program end. This message is available when the program has been completed(only when configured as a program controller).
P.End124532064528837
41290r/w Enum4261base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output is activated by the message 'Program end'.
Enum_FAi1 Output function: Signal INP1 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP1.
FAi.1124542064628838
41292r/w Enum4262base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP1 fault'.
Enum_FAi2 Output function: Signal INP2 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP2.
FAi.2124552064728839
41294r/w Enum4263base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP2 fault'.
Enum_FAi3 Output function: Signal INP3 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP3.
FAi.3124562064828840
41296r/w Enum4264base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP3 fault'.
Enum_PrG1 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 1. A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.1124572064928841
41298r/w Enum4265base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 1 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG2 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 2. A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.2124582065028842
41300r/w Enum4266base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 2 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG3 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 3. TA control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.3124592065128843
41302r/w Enum4267base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 3 is assigned to this output.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 52PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.216ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_PrG4 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 4.A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.4124602065228844
41304r/w Enum4268base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 4 is assigned to this output.
Enum_CALL Output: Operator call. At the end of a program segment, a contact is set, e.g. for anacoustic signal. This indicates to the operator that a certainprogram status has been reached, and operator action is required.Operator calling is used, if the program may only be continued aftera check or some kind of operator action.
CALL124612065328845
41306r/w Enum4269base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is switched by an operator call.
Enum_DP_ERR Output function: Signal Fault in the Profibus communication.This output is set when a fault in the Profibus communicationoccurs. There is no more communication with this device.
dP.Er124672065928851
41318r/w Enum4275base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 This output sends the Profibus fault.
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Ausgang Status of the digital outputOut2124722066428856
41328r Enum4280base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Enum_Ausgang Forcing of this digital output. Forcing involves the external operationof an output. The instrument has no influence on this output (use offree outputs by superordinate system).
F.Do2124732066528857
41330r/w Enum4281base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 53PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.317ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_OtYP Signal type selection OUTO.tYP125622075428946
41508r/w Enum4370base1dP2dP3dP
0 Relay / logic1 0 ... 20 mA continuous2 4 ... 20 mA continuous3 0...10 V continuous4 2...10 V continuous5 transmitter supply
Enum_OAct Operating sense of the switching output.Direct: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output ON;Inverse: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output OFF.
O.Act125422073428926
41468r/w Enum4350base1dP2dP3dP
0 direct / normally open1 inverse / normally closed
Enum_Y1 Output function: Controller output Y1Y.1125432073528927
41470r/w Enum4351base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y1.
Enum_Y2 Output function: Controller output Y2. Caution: Do not confuse thecontroller output Y2 with the parameter 'Fixed output Y2' !
Y.2125442073628928
41472r/w Enum4352base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y2.
Enum_Lim1 Output function: Signal limit 1Lim.1125452073728929
41474r/w Enum4353base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 1.
Enum_Lim2 Output function: Signal limit 2Lim.2125462073828930
41476r/w Enum4354base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 2.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 54PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.317ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Lim3 Output function: Signal limit 3Lim.3125472073928931
41478r/w Enum4355base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 3.
Enum_OUT_LPAL Output function: Signal Interruption alarm (LOOP)The overall control loop is monitored and the process value has tochange with an output signal of maximum value, else loop alarm isgenerated.
LP.AL125492074128933
41482r/w Enum4357base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The loop alarm (= open loop alarm) is assigned to this output.
Enum_OUT_HCAL Output function: Signal Heat current alarm. Either break (= current I< heating current limit) can be monitored or overload (= current I >heating current limit), dependent on configuration.
HC.AL125502074228934
41484r/w Enum4358base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The heating current alarm is assigned to this output.
Enum_HCSC Output function: Signal Solid-state relay (SSR) short circuit.The short circuit alarm of the SSR is triggered, if a current isdetected in the heating circuit, although the controller output isswitched off.
HC.SC125512074328935
41486r/w Enum4359base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Output activated by an SSR fault.
Enum_PEnd Output function: Signal Program end. This message is available when the program has been completed(only when configured as a program controller).
P.End125532074528937
41490r/w Enum4361base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output is activated by the message 'Program end'.
Enum_FAi1 Output function: Signal INP1 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP1.
FAi.1125542074628938
41492r/w Enum4362base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP1 fault'.
Enum_FAi2 Output function: Signal INP2 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP2.
FAi.2125552074728939
41494r/w Enum4363base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP2 fault'.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 55PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.317ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_FAi3 Output function: Signal INP3 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP3.
FAi.3125562074828940
41496r/w Enum4364base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP3 fault'.
Enum_PrG1 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 1. A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.1125572074928941
41498r/w Enum4365base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 1 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG2 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 2. A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.2125582075028942
41500r/w Enum4366base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 2 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG3 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 3. TA control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.3125592075128943
41502r/w Enum4367base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 3 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG4 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 4.A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.4125602075228944
41504r/w Enum4368base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 4 is assigned to this output.
Enum_CALL Output: Operator call. At the end of a program segment, a contact is set, e.g. for anacoustic signal. This indicates to the operator that a certainprogram status has been reached, and operator action is required.Operator calling is used, if the program may only be continued aftera check or some kind of operator action.
CALL125612075328945
41506r/w Enum4369base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is switched by an operator call.
Enum_DP_ERR Output function: Signal Fault in the Profibus communication.This output is set when a fault in the Profibus communicationoccurs. There is no more communication with this device.
dP.Er125672075928951
41518r/w Enum4375base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 This output sends the Profibus fault.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 56PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.317ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Lower scaling limit of the analog output (corresponds to 0%). Ifcurrent and voltage signals are used as output values, the displaycan be scaled to the output value in the Parameter Level. Theoutput value of the lower scaling point is indicated in the respectiveelectrical unit (mA / V).
Out.0125632075528947
41510r/w Float -1999...99994371base1dP2dP3dP
Upper scaling limit of the analog output (corresponds to 100%). Ifcurrent and voltage signals are used as output values, the displaycan be scaled to the output value in the Parameter Level. Theoutput value of the upper scaling point is indicated in the respectiveelectrical unit (mA / V).
Out.1125642075628948
41512r/w Float -1999...99994372base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_OSrc Signal source of the analog output (visible not with all output signaltypes O.TYP).
O.Src125652075728949
41514r/w Enum4373base1dP2dP3dP
0 not used1 Controller output y1 (continuous)2 Controller output y2 (continuous)3 process value4 The effective setpoint Weff, which is used for control.
Example: The gradient changes the effective setpoint until it reaches the internal (target)setpoint.
5 control deviation xw (process value - set-point)= relative alarmNote: Monitoring with the effective set-point Weff. For example using a ramp it is thechanging set-point, not the target set-point of the ramp.
6 Position feedback signal Yp.7 measured value INP18 measured value INP29 measured value INP3
Enum_OFail fail behaviourO.FAI125662075828950
41516r/w Enum4374base1dP2dP3dP
0 upscale1 downscale
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Ausgang Status of the digital outputOut1125722076428956
41528r Enum4380base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 57PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.317SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Ausgang Forcing of this digital output. Forcing involves the external operationof an output. The instrument has no influence on this output (use offree outputs by superordinate system).
F.Do1125732076528957
41530r/w Enum4381base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Forcing value of the analog output. Forcing involves the externaloperation of an output, i.e. the instrument has no influence on thisoutput. (Used for the operation of free outputs e.g. by a supervisoryPLC.)
F.Out1125742076628958
41532r/w Float 0...1204382base1dP2dP3dP
Out.418ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_OtYP Signal type selection OUTO.tYP126622085429046
41708r/w Enum4470base1dP2dP3dP
0 Relay / logic1 0 ... 20 mA continuous2 4 ... 20 mA continuous3 0...10 V continuous4 2...10 V continuous5 transmitter supply
Enum_OAct Operating sense of the switching output.Direct: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output ON;Inverse: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output OFF.
O.Act126422083429026
41668r/w Enum4450base1dP2dP3dP
0 direct / normally open1 inverse / normally closed
Enum_Y1 Output function: Controller output Y1Y.1126432083529027
41670r/w Enum4451base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y1.
Enum_Y2 Output function: Controller output Y2. Caution: Do not confuse thecontroller output Y2 with the parameter 'Fixed output Y2' !
Y.2126442083629028
41672r/w Enum4452base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y2.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 58PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.418ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Lim1 Output function: Signal limit 1Lim.1126452083729029
41674r/w Enum4453base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 1.
Enum_Lim2 Output function: Signal limit 2Lim.2126462083829030
41676r/w Enum4454base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 2.
Enum_Lim3 Output function: Signal limit 3Lim.3126472083929031
41678r/w Enum4455base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 3.
Enum_OUT_LPAL Output function: Signal Interruption alarm (LOOP)The overall control loop is monitored and the process value has tochange with an output signal of maximum value, else loop alarm isgenerated.
LP.AL126492084129033
41682r/w Enum4457base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The loop alarm (= open loop alarm) is assigned to this output.
Enum_OUT_HCAL Output function: Signal Heat current alarm. Either break (= current I< heating current limit) can be monitored or overload (= current I >heating current limit), dependent on configuration.
HC.AL126502084229034
41684r/w Enum4458base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The heating current alarm is assigned to this output.
Enum_HCSC Output function: Signal Solid-state relay (SSR) short circuit.The short circuit alarm of the SSR is triggered, if a current isdetected in the heating circuit, although the controller output isswitched off.
HC.SC126512084329035
41686r/w Enum4459base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Output activated by an SSR fault.
Enum_PEnd Output function: Signal Program end. This message is available when the program has been completed(only when configured as a program controller).
P.End126532084529037
41690r/w Enum4461base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output is activated by the message 'Program end'.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 59PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.418ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_FAi1 Output function: Signal INP1 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP1.
FAi.1126542084629038
41692r/w Enum4462base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP1 fault'.
Enum_FAi2 Output function: Signal INP2 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP2.
FAi.2126552084729039
41694r/w Enum4463base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP2 fault'.
Enum_FAi3 Output function: Signal INP3 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP3.
FAi.3126562084829040
41696r/w Enum4464base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP3 fault'.
Enum_PrG1 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 1. A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.1126572084929041
41698r/w Enum4465base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 1 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG2 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 2. A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.2126582085029042
41700r/w Enum4466base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 2 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG3 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 3. TA control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.3126592085129043
41702r/w Enum4467base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 3 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG4 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 4.A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.4126602085229044
41704r/w Enum4468base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 4 is assigned to this output.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 60PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.418ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_CALL Output: Operator call. At the end of a program segment, a contact is set, e.g. for anacoustic signal. This indicates to the operator that a certainprogram status has been reached, and operator action is required.Operator calling is used, if the program may only be continued aftera check or some kind of operator action.
CALL126612085329045
41706r/w Enum4469base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is switched by an operator call.
Enum_DP_ERR Output function: Signal Fault in the Profibus communication.This output is set when a fault in the Profibus communicationoccurs. There is no more communication with this device.
dP.Er126672085929051
41718r/w Enum4475base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 This output sends the Profibus fault.
Lower scaling limit of the analog output (corresponds to 0%). Ifcurrent and voltage signals are used as output values, the displaycan be scaled to the output value in the Parameter Level. Theoutput value of the lower scaling point is indicated in the respectiveelectrical unit (mA / V).
Out.0126632085529047
41710r/w Float -1999...99994471base1dP2dP3dP
Upper scaling limit of the analog output (corresponds to 100%). Ifcurrent and voltage signals are used as output values, the displaycan be scaled to the output value in the Parameter Level. Theoutput value of the upper scaling point is indicated in the respectiveelectrical unit (mA / V).
Out.1126642085629048
41712r/w Float -1999...99994472base1dP2dP3dP
Enum_OSrc Signal source of the analog output (visible not with all output signaltypes O.TYP).
O.Src126652085729049
41714r/w Enum4473base1dP2dP3dP
0 not used1 Controller output y1 (continuous)2 Controller output y2 (continuous)3 process value4 The effective setpoint Weff, which is used for control.
Example: The gradient changes the effective setpoint until it reaches the internal (target)setpoint.
5 control deviation xw (process value - set-point)= relative alarmNote: Monitoring with the effective set-point Weff. For example using a ramp it is thechanging set-point, not the target set-point of the ramp.
6 Position feedback signal Yp.7 measured value INP18 measured value INP29 measured value INP3
Enum_OFail fail behaviourO.FAI126662085829050
41716r/w Enum4474base1dP2dP3dP
0 upscale1 downscale
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 61PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Enum_Ausgang Status of the digital outputOut2126722086429056
41728r Enum4480base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Enum_Ausgang Forcing of this digital output. Forcing involves the external operationof an output. The instrument has no influence on this output (use offree outputs by superordinate system).
F.Do2126732086529057
41730r/w Enum4481base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Forcing value of the analog output. Forcing involves the externaloperation of an output, i.e. the instrument has no influence on thisoutput. (Used for the operation of free outputs e.g. by a supervisoryPLC.)
F.Out2126742086629058
41732r/w Float 0...1204482base1dP2dP3dP
Out.519ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_OAct Operating sense of the switching output.Direct: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output ON;Inverse: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output OFF.
O.Act127422093429126
41868r/w Enum4550base1dP2dP3dP
0 direct / normally open1 inverse / normally closed
Enum_Y1 Output function: Controller output Y1Y.1127432093529127
41870r/w Enum4551base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y1.
Enum_Y2 Output function: Controller output Y2. Caution: Do not confuse thecontroller output Y2 with the parameter 'Fixed output Y2' !
Y.2127442093629128
41872r/w Enum4552base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y2.
Code Table Operating Version4
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Appendix Page 62PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.519ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Lim1 Output function: Signal limit 1Lim.1127452093729129
41874r/w Enum4553base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 1.
Enum_Lim2 Output function: Signal limit 2Lim.2127462093829130
41876r/w Enum4554base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 2.
Enum_Lim3 Output function: Signal limit 3Lim.3127472093929131
41878r/w Enum4555base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 3.
Enum_OUT_LPAL Output function: Signal Interruption alarm (LOOP)The overall control loop is monitored and the process value has tochange with an output signal of maximum value, else loop alarm isgenerated.
LP.AL127492094129133
41882r/w Enum4557base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The loop alarm (= open loop alarm) is assigned to this output.
Enum_OUT_HCAL Output function: Signal Heat current alarm. Either break (= current I< heating current limit) can be monitored or overload (= current I >heating current limit), dependent on configuration.
HC.AL127502094229134
41884r/w Enum4558base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The heating current alarm is assigned to this output.
Enum_HCSC Output function: Signal Solid-state relay (SSR) short circuit.The short circuit alarm of the SSR is triggered, if a current isdetected in the heating circuit, although the controller output isswitched off.
HC.SC127512094329135
41886r/w Enum4559base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Output activated by an SSR fault.
Enum_PEnd Output function: Signal Program end. This message is available when the program has been completed(only when configured as a program controller).
P.End127532094529137
41890r/w Enum4561base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output is activated by the message 'Program end'.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 63PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.519ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_FAi1 Output function: Signal INP1 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP1.
FAi.1127542094629138
41892r/w Enum4562base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP1 fault'.
Enum_FAi2 Output function: Signal INP2 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP2.
FAi.2127552094729139
41894r/w Enum4563base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP2 fault'.
Enum_FAi3 Output function: Signal INP3 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP3.
FAi.3127562094829140
41896r/w Enum4564base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP3 fault'.
Enum_PrG1 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 1. A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.1127572094929141
41898r/w Enum4565base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 1 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG2 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 2. A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.2127582095029142
41900r/w Enum4566base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 2 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG3 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 3. TA control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.3127592095129143
41902r/w Enum4567base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 3 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG4 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 4.A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.4127602095229144
41904r/w Enum4568base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 4 is assigned to this output.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 64PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.519ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_CALL Output: Operator call. At the end of a program segment, a contact is set, e.g. for anacoustic signal. This indicates to the operator that a certainprogram status has been reached, and operator action is required.Operator calling is used, if the program may only be continued aftera check or some kind of operator action.
CALL127612095329145
41906r/w Enum4569base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is switched by an operator call.
Enum_DP_ERR Output function: Signal Fault in the Profibus communication.This output is set when a fault in the Profibus communicationoccurs. There is no more communication with this device.
dP.Er127672095929151
41918r/w Enum4575base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 This output sends the Profibus fault.
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Ausgang Status of the digital outputOut3127722096429156
41928r Enum4580base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Enum_Ausgang Forcing of this digital output. Forcing involves the external operationof an output. The instrument has no influence on this output (use offree outputs by superordinate system).
F.Do3127732096529157
41930r/w Enum4581base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Out.620ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_OAct Operating sense of the switching output.Direct: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output ON;Inverse: Active function (e.g. limit value) switches the output OFF.
O.Act128422103429226
42068r/w Enum4650base1dP2dP3dP
0 direct / normally open1 inverse / normally closed
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 65PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.620ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Y1 Output function: Controller output Y1Y.1128432103529227
42070r/w Enum4651base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y1.
Enum_Y2 Output function: Controller output Y2. Caution: Do not confuse thecontroller output Y2 with the parameter 'Fixed output Y2' !
Y.2128442103629228
42072r/w Enum4652base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output provides the controller output Y2.
Enum_Lim1 Output function: Signal limit 1Lim.1128452103729229
42074r/w Enum4653base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 1.
Enum_Lim2 Output function: Signal limit 2Lim.2128462103829230
42076r/w Enum4654base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 2.
Enum_Lim3 Output function: Signal limit 3Lim.3128472103929231
42078r/w Enum4655base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is activated by an alarm from limit value 3.
Enum_OUT_LPAL Output function: Signal Interruption alarm (LOOP)The overall control loop is monitored and the process value has tochange with an output signal of maximum value, else loop alarm isgenerated.
LP.AL128492104129233
42082r/w Enum4657base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The loop alarm (= open loop alarm) is assigned to this output.
Enum_OUT_HCAL Output function: Signal Heat current alarm. Either break (= current I< heating current limit) can be monitored or overload (= current I >heating current limit), dependent on configuration.
HC.AL128502104229234
42084r/w Enum4658base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The heating current alarm is assigned to this output.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 66PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.620ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_HCSC Output function: Signal Solid-state relay (SSR) short circuit.The short circuit alarm of the SSR is triggered, if a current isdetected in the heating circuit, although the controller output isswitched off.
HC.SC128512104329235
42086r/w Enum4659base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Output activated by an SSR fault.
Enum_PEnd Output function: Signal Program end. This message is available when the program has been completed(only when configured as a program controller).
P.End128532104529237
42090r/w Enum4661base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 This output is activated by the message 'Program end'.
Enum_FAi1 Output function: Signal INP1 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP1.
FAi.1128542104629238
42092r/w Enum4662base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP1 fault'.
Enum_FAi2 Output function: Signal INP2 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP2.
FAi.2128552104729239
42094r/w Enum4663base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP2 fault'.
Enum_FAi3 Output function: Signal INP3 fault.The fail signal is generated, if a fault occurs at the analog InputINP3.
FAi.3128562104829240
42096r/w Enum4664base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output sends the error message 'INP3 fault'.
Enum_PrG1 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 1. A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.1128572104929241
42098r/w Enum4665base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 1 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG2 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 2. A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.2128582105029242
42100r/w Enum4666base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 2 is assigned to this output.
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 67PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Out.620ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_PrG3 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 3. TA control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.3128592105129243
42102r/w Enum4667base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 3 is assigned to this output.
Enum_PrG4 Output function: Signal programmer's control output no. 4.A control output is one of the four digital signals that can beoperated segment-wise by a program.
PrG.4128602105229244
42104r/w Enum4668base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 Control output 4 is assigned to this output.
Enum_CALL Output: Operator call. At the end of a program segment, a contact is set, e.g. for anacoustic signal. This indicates to the operator that a certainprogram status has been reached, and operator action is required.Operator calling is used, if the program may only be continued aftera check or some kind of operator action.
CALL128612105329245
42106r/w Enum4669base1dP2dP3dP
0 not active1 The output is switched by an operator call.
Enum_DP_ERR Output function: Signal Fault in the Profibus communication.This output is set when a fault in the Profibus communicationoccurs. There is no more communication with this device.
dP.Er128672105929251
42118r/w Enum4675base1dP2dP3dP
0 Not active1 This output sends the Profibus fault.
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Ausgang Status of the digital outputOut4128722106429256
42128r Enum4680base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Enum_Ausgang Forcing of this digital output. Forcing involves the external operationof an output. The instrument has no influence on this output (use offree outputs by superordinate system).
F.Do4128732106529257
42130r/w Enum4681base1dP2dP3dP
0 off1 on
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 68PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
PAr.221PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Proportional band 1 (heating) in engineering unit (e.g. °C) of the 2ndparameter set. The Pb defines the ratio between output value andcontrol deviation. The smaller the value of Pb is, the stronger is thecontrol response for a specific control deviation. Too large and toosmall values for Pb lead to process oscillations (hunting).
Pb12132222141429606
42828r/w Float 0,1...99995030base1dP2dP3dP
Proportional band 2 (cooling) in engineering unit (e.g. °C) of the 2ndparameter set. The Pb defines the ratio between output value andcontrol deviation. The smaller the value of Pb is, the stronger is thecontrol response for a specific control deviation. Too large and toosmall values for Pb lead to process oscillations (hunting).
Pb22132232141529607
42830r/w Float 0,1...99995031base1dP2dP3dP
Integral action time 2 (cooling) [s]. Second parameter set. Ti is thetime constant of the integral portion. The smaller Ti is, the faster isthe response of the integral action.Ti too small: Control tends to oscillate.Ti too large: Control is sluggish and needs a long time to line out.
ti22132252141729609
42834r/w Float 0...99995033base1dP2dP3dP
Integral action time 1 (heating) [s]. Second parameter set. Ti is thetime constant of the integral portion. The smaller Ti is, the faster isthe response of the integral action.Ti too small: Control tends to oscillate.Ti too large: Control is sluggish and needs a long time to line out.
ti12132242141629608
42832r/w Float 0...99995032base1dP2dP3dP
Derivative action time 1 (heating) [s], second parameter set.Td is the time constant of the derivative portion. The faster theprocess value changes, and the larger the value of Td is, thestronger will be the derivative action.Td too small: Very little derivative action.Td too large: Control tends to oscillate.
td12132262141829610
42836r/w Float 0...99995034base1dP2dP3dP
Derivative action time 2 (cooling) [s], second parameter set.Td is the time constant of the derivative portion. The faster theprocess value changes, and the larger the value of Td is, thestronger will be the derivative action.Td too small: Very little derivative action.Td too large: Control tends to oscillate.
td22132272141929611
42838r/w Float 0...99995035base1dP2dP3dP
ProG22ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_tbAS Definition of the programmer's time base in hours using minutes, orin minutes using seconds.
t.bAS142222241430606
44828r/w Enum6030base1dP2dP3dP
0 Hours [hh] : Minutes [mm]1 Minutes [mm] : Seconds [ss]
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 69PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_PrgNoPar Program number (nominal). The program number (nominal)determines which program is to be started next. Running programsare not affected. The selected program is only started after a resetor restart.
Pr.no141922238430576
44768r/w Enum6000base1dP2dP3dP
1 Prog. 012 Prog. 023 Prog. 034 Prog. 045 Prog. 056 Prog. 067 Prog. 078 Prog. 089 Prog. 0910 Prog. 1011 Prog. 1112 Prog. 1213 Prog. 1314 Prog. 1415 Prog. 1516 Prog. 16
Lower bandwidth limit. The bandwidth monitor is valid for allsegments of an individual program. If the bandwidth is exceeded,the programmer is stopped. The program continues, if the processvalue returns within the defined monitoring limits.
b.Lo142922248430676
44968r/w Float 0...99996100base1dP2dP3dP
Upper bandwidth limit. The bandwidth monitor is valid for allsegments of an individual program. If the bandwidth is exceeded,the programmer is stopped. The program continues, if the processvalue returns within the defined monitoring limits.
b.Hi142932248530677
44970r/w Float 0...99996101base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Reset value for control outputs 1...4. A program can control up tofour digital signals: the control outputs 1...4. The reset value of thecontrol output contains the combination of these signals, which areoutput together with the controller's internal setpoint, if theprogrammer is not active.
d.00143262251830710
45036r/w Enum6134base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 70PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Type of segment 1. The segment type defines the setpointbehaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be held constant or bechanged with a ramp or a step function. Continuation to nextsegment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).Note: The 1stsegment cannot be configured as the end segment.
tYPE143272251930711
45038r/w Enum6135base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 1. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the first segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint (when starting the 1stsegment, matching to process value!). When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP142942248630678
44972r/w Float -1999...99996102base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 1. The duration of a segment can be defineddirectly, or by using the segment time and the setpoint difference(SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting is forsegment time or the gradient, is defined by means of the segmenttype parameter (tYPE).
Pt142952248730679
44974r/w Float 0...99996103base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 1. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143282252030712
45040r/w Enum6136base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 71PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Segment type of segment 2. The segment type defines the setpointbehaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be held constant or bechanged with a ramp or a step function. Continuation to nextsegment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).
tYPE143292252130713
45042r/w Enum6137base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 2. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the second segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint. When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP142962248830680
44976r/w Float -1999...99996104base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 2. The duration of a segment can be defineddirectly, or by using the segment time and the setpoint difference(SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting is forsegment time or the gradient, is defined by means of the segmenttype parameter (tYPE).
Pt142972248930681
44978r/w Float 0...99996105base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 2. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143302252230714
45044r/w Enum6138base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 72PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Segment type of segment 3. The segment type defines the setpointbehaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be held constant or bechanged with a ramp or a step function. Continuation to nextsegment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).
tYPE143312252330715
45046r/w Enum6139base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 3. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the third segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint. When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP142982249030682
44980r/w Float -1999...99996106base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 3. The duration of a segment can be defineddirectly, or by using the segment time and the setpoint difference(SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting is forsegment time or the gradient, is defined by means of the segmenttype parameter (tYPE).
Pt142992249130683
44982r/w Float 0...99996107base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 3. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143322252430716
45048r/w Enum6140base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 73PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Segment type of segment 4. The segment type defines the setpointbehaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be held constant or bechanged with a ramp or a step function. Continuation to nextsegment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).
tYPE143332252530717
45050r/w Enum6141base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 4. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the fourth segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint. When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP143002249230684
44984r/w Float -1999...99996108base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 4. The duration of a segment can be defineddirectly, or by using the segment time and the setpoint difference(SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting is forsegment time or the gradient, is defined by means of the segmenttype parameter (tYPE).
Pt143012249330685
44986r/w Float 0...99996109base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 4. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143342252630718
45052r/w Enum6142base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 74PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Segment type of segment 5. The segment type defines the setpointbehaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be held constant or bechanged with a ramp or a step function. Continuation to nextsegment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).
tYPE143352252730719
45054r/w Enum6143base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 5. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the fifth segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint. When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP143022249430686
44988r/w Float -1999...99996110base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 5. The duration of a segment can be defineddirectly, or by using the segment time and the setpoint difference(SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting is forsegment time or the gradient, is defined by means of the segmenttype parameter (tYPE).
Pt143032249530687
44990r/w Float 0...99996111base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 5. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143362252830720
45056r/w Enum6144base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 75PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Segment type of segment 6. The segment type defines the setpointbehaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be held constant or bechanged with a ramp or a step function. Continuation to nextsegment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).
tYPE143372252930721
45058r/w Enum6145base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 6. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the sixth segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint. When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP143042249630688
44992r/w Float -1999...99996112base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 6. The duration of a segment can be defineddirectly, or by using the segment time and the setpoint difference(SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting is forsegment time or the gradient, is defined by means of the segmenttype parameter (tYPE).
Pt143052249730689
44994r/w Float 0...99996113base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 6. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143382253030722
45060r/w Enum6146base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 76PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Segment type of segment 7. The segment type defines the setpointbehaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be held constant or bechanged with a ramp or a step function. Continuation to nextsegment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).
tYPE143392253130723
45062r/w Enum6147base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 7. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the seventh segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint. When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP143062249830690
44996r/w Float -1999...99996114base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 7. The duration of a segment can be defineddirectly, or by using the segment time and the setpoint difference(SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting is forsegment time or the gradient, is defined by means of the segmenttype parameter (tYPE).
Pt143072249930691
44998r/w Float 0...99996115base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 7. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143402253230724
45064r/w Enum6148base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 77PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Segment type of segment 8. The segment type defines the setpointbehaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be held constant or bechanged with a ramp or a step function. Continuation to nextsegment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).
tYPE143412253330725
45066r/w Enum6149base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 8. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the eighth segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint. When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP143082250030692
45000r/w Float -1999...99996116base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 8. The duration of a segment can be defineddirectly, or by using the segment time and the setpoint difference(SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting is forsegment time or the gradient, is defined by means of the segmenttype parameter (tYPE).
Pt143092250130693
45002r/w Float 0...99996117base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 8. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143422253430726
45068r/w Enum6150base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 78PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Segment type of segment 9. The segment type defines the setpointbehaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be held constant or bechanged with a ramp or a step function. Continuation to nextsegment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).
tYPE143432253530727
45070r/w Enum6151base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 9. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the ninth segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint. When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP143102250230694
45004r/w Float -1999...99996118base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 9. The duration of a segment can be defineddirectly, or by using the segment time and the setpoint difference(SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting is forsegment time or the gradient, is defined by means of the segmenttype parameter (tYPE).
Pt143112250330695
45006r/w Float 0...99996119base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 9. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143442253630728
45072r/w Enum6152base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 79PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Segment type of segment 10. The segment type defines thesetpoint behaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be heldconstant or be changed with a ramp or a step function. Continuationto next segment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).
tYPE143452253730729
45074r/w Enum6153base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 10. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the tenth segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint. When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP143122250430696
45008r/w Float -1999...99996120base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 10. The duration of a segment can bedefined directly, or by using the segment time and the setpointdifference (SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting isfor segment time or the gradient, is defined by means of thesegment type parameter (tYPE).
Pt143132250530697
45010r/w Float 0...99996121base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 10. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143462253830730
45076r/w Enum6154base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 80PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Segment type of segment 11. The segment type defines thesetpoint behaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be heldconstant or be changed with a ramp or a step function. Continuationto next segment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).
tYPE143472253930731
45078r/w Enum6155base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 11. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the eleventh segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint. When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP143142250630698
45012r/w Float -1999...99996122base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 11. The duration of a segment can bedefined directly, or by using the segment time and the setpointdifference (SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting isfor segment time or the gradient, is defined by means of thesegment type parameter (tYPE).
Pt143152250730699
45014r/w Float 0...99996123base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 11. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143482254030732
45080r/w Enum6156base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 81PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Segment type of segment 12. The segment type defines thesetpoint behaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be heldconstant or be changed with a ramp or a step function. Continuationto next segment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).
tYPE143492254130733
45082r/w Enum6157base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 12. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the twelfth segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint. When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP143162250830700
45016r/w Float -1999...99996124base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 12. The duration of a segment can bedefined directly, or by using the segment time and the setpointdifference (SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting isfor segment time or the gradient, is defined by means of thesegment type parameter (tYPE).
Pt143172250930701
45018r/w Float 0...99996125base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 12. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143502254230734
45084r/w Enum6158base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 82PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Segment type of segment 13. The segment type defines thesetpoint behaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be heldconstant or be changed with a ramp or a step function. Continuationto next segment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).
tYPE143512254330735
45086r/w Enum6159base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 13. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the 13th segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint. When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP143182251030702
45020r/w Float -1999...99996126base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 13. The duration of a segment can bedefined directly, or by using the segment time and the setpointdifference (SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting isfor segment time or the gradient, is defined by means of thesegment type parameter (tYPE).
Pt143192251130703
45022r/w Float 0...99996127base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 13. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143522254430736
45088r/w Enum6160base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 83PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Segment type of segment 14. The segment type defines thesetpoint behaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be heldconstant or be changed with a ramp or a step function. Continuationto next segment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).
tYPE143532254530737
45090r/w Enum6161base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 14. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the 14th segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint. When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP143202251230704
45024r/w Float -1999...99996128base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 14. The duration of a segment can bedefined directly, or by using the segment time and the setpointdifference (SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting isfor segment time or the gradient, is defined by means of thesegment type parameter (tYPE).
Pt143212251330705
45026r/w Float 0...99996129base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 14. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143542254630738
45092r/w Enum6162base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 84PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Segment type of segment 15. The segment type defines thesetpoint behaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be heldconstant or be changed with a ramp or a step function. Continuationto next segment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).
tYPE143552254730739
45094r/w Enum6163base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 15. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the 15th segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint. When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP143222251430706
45028r/w Float -1999...99996130base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 15. The duration of a segment can bedefined directly, or by using the segment time and the setpointdifference (SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting isfor segment time or the gradient, is defined by means of thesegment type parameter (tYPE).
Pt143232251530707
45030r/w Float 0...99996131base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 15. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143562254830740
45096r/w Enum6164base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 85PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_SegTyp Segment type of segment 16. The segment type defines thesetpoint behaviour for this segment. The setpoint can be heldconstant or be changed with a ramp or a step function. Continuationto next segment is automatic or manual (define a hold time).
tYPE143572254930741
45098r/w Enum6165base1dP2dP3dP
0 time to set-point1 rate to set-point2 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'.3 step to set-point4 time to set-point and wait5 rate to set-point and wait6 The final setpoint of the previous segment is kept constant for the duration 'Pt'. At the end
of a segment, the programmer enters the Stop mode (Run LED is off), and can be restartedby pressing the Start/Stop key (more than 3 s), via the interface, or a digital input.
7 step to set-point and wait8 The last segment in a program is the end segment. When the end segment has been
reached, the last setpoint is maintained.
End setpoint of segment 16. This is the target setpoint that isreached at the end of the 16th segment. The target setpoint isapproached from the previous valid setpoint. When the program iscompleted, the controller continues with the last target setpointreached.
SP143242251630708
45032r/w Float -1999...99996132base1dP2dP3dP
Segment time/gradient 16. The duration of a segment can bedefined directly, or by using the segment time and the setpointdifference (SP – segment starting setpoint). Whether the setting isfor segment time or the gradient, is defined by means of thesegment type parameter (tYPE).
Pt143252251730709
45034r/w Float 0...99996133base1dP2dP3dP
ENUM_Spuren Control outputs 1...4 - 16. A program can control up to four digitalsignals: the control outputs 1...4. A combination of these signalscan be assigned to every segment, whereby the signals areoperated while the segment is running. For access to thecontroller's outputs, the signals must be assigned accordingly.
d.Out143582255030742
45100r/w Enum6166base1dP2dP3dP
0 0-0-0-01 1-0-0-02 0-1-0-03 1-1-0-04 0-0-1-05 1-0-1-06 0-1-1-07 1-1-1-08 0-0-0-19 1-0-0-110 0-1-0-111 1-1-0-112 0-0-1-113 1-0-1-114 0-1-1-115 1-1-1-1
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 86PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
The programmer's status contains bit-wise coded data, e.g. whichpoint of the program sequence the program has reached.
Bit 0,1,2 Type of segment0: rising1: falling2: hold (dwell)Bit 3 Program 'Run'Bit 4 Program 'End'Bit 5 Program 'Reset'Bit 6 Program 'StartFlankMissing'Bit 7 Program 'BandHold + FailHold'Bit 8 Program active
St.Prog142422243430626
44868r Int 0...2556050base1dP2dP3dP
The programmer's setpoint is displayed as the effective setpointwhile the program is running.
SP.Pr142432243530627
44870r Float -1990...99996051base1dP2dP3dP
Only with a running program. The net (elapsed) time of theprogrammer is shown in a simplified form as time elapsed sinceprogram start.Caution: Stop times are not counted! If the firstsegment is defined as a gradient, the program starts at the processvalue, whereby the offset is defined as the time that the controllerwould have needed with the gradient beginning at the setpointvalid at program start.
T1.Pr142442243630628
44872r Float 0...99996052base1dP2dP3dP
Only with running program. The remaining programmer time isgiven by the sum of the currently running segment plus the times ofthe remaining program segments (without hold times).
T3.Pr142452243730629
44874r Float 0...99996053base1dP2dP3dP
Only while program is running. The net segment time correspondsto the elapsed segment time.Caution: Stop times are not counted! Ifthe first segment has been defined as a gradient, the startcommences at process value, and the offset specified for the firstsegment corresponds to the time that the controller would haverequired with a gradient beginning at the actual process valuewhen the program was started.
T2.Pr142462243830630
44876r Float 0...99996054base1dP2dP3dP
Only with running program. The remaining time of the runningprogram segment (without hold times).
T4.Pr142472243930631
44878r Float 0...99996055base1dP2dP3dP
A program consists of one or more segments which are arrangedand defined by means of the segment numbers. By means of thesegment number(s), the program can be changed quickly andspecifically at the required point.
SG.Pr142482244030632
44880r Int 0...166056base1dP2dP3dP
Segment number for Preset. Preset involves starting the selectedprogram with a different segment than the normal (1st) startsegment. The starting setpoint of the preset segment becomeseffective immediately, i.e. the program is not started. To use thePreset function, the programmer must be in the Stop or Reset state.
Pr.SG142522244430636
44888r/w Int 1...166060base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 87PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
ProG22SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Number of the active program. The program remains active until areset or a new start is triggered.
Pr.EF142492244130633
44882r Int 0...166057base1dP2dP3dP
SP.En142502244230634
44884r Float -1999...99996058base1dP2dP3dP
SEtP23PArAName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Lower setpoint limit. The setpoint is raised to this valueautomatically, if a lower setpoint is adjusted.BUT: The (safety) setpoint W2 is not restricted by the setpointlimits!The setpoint reserve for the step function is 10% of SPHi - SPLo.
SP.LO112921948427676
38968r/w Float -1999...99993100base1dP2dP3dP
Upper setpoint limit. The setpoint is reduced to this valueautomatically, if a higher setpoint is adjusted.BUT: The (safety) setpoint W2 is not restricted by the setpointlimits!The setpoint reserve for the step function is 10% of SPHi - SPLo.
SP.Hi112931948527677
38970r/w Float -1999...99993101base1dP2dP3dP
Second (safety) setpoint. Ramp function as with other setpoints(effective, external). However, SP2 is not restricted by the setpointlimits.
SP.2112941948627678
38972r/w Float -1999...99993102base1dP2dP3dP
Setpoint gradient [/min] or ramp. Max. rate of change in order toavoid step changes of the setpoint. The gradient acts in the positiveand negative directions.Note for self-tuning: with activated gradient function, the setpointgradient is started from the process value, so that there is nosufficient setpoint reserve.
r.SP112951948727679
38974r/w Float 0,01...99993103base1dP2dP3dP
SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Effective setpoint. The value reached at the end of setpointprocessing, after taking W2, external setpoint, gradient, boostfunction, programmer settings, start-up function, and limit functionsinto account. Comparison with the effective process value leads tothe control deviation, from which the necessary controller responseis derived.
SP.EF113621955427746
39108r Float -1999...99993170base1dP2dP3dP
Difference between the effective setpoint and setpoint 2.Diff113631955527747
39110r Float -1999...99993171base1dP2dP3dP
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 88PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
SEtP23SignalName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Setpoint for the interface (without the additional function'Controller off'). SetpInterface acts on the internal setpoint beforethe setpoint processing stage.Note: The value in RAM is always updated. To protect the EEPROM,storage of the value in the EEPROM is timed (at least one value perhalf hour).
SP113721956427756
39128r/w Float -1999...99993180base1dP2dP3dP
The effective setpoint is shifted by this value. In this way, thesetpoints of several controllers can be shifted together, regardlessof the individually adjusted effective setpoints.
SP.d113731956527757
39130r/w Float -1999...99993181base1dP2dP3dP
Tool24ConFName Adr. Integer realr/w Typ Value/off Description
Enum_Unit Engineering unit of linearization table (temperature).U.LinT8826
1701825210
34036r/w Enum634base1dP2dP3dP
0 without unit1 °C2 °F
Code Table Operating Version4
Appendix Page 89PMA GmbH - Interfacedescription KS90-1P 9499 040 65311
Subject to alterations without notice. © PMA Prozeß- und Maschinen-Automation GmbHBei Änderungen erfolgt keine Mitteilung. Postfach 310 229, D - 34058 KasselModifications sans avertissement réservées. Printed in Germany 9499 040 65311 (02/2005)
A4,
unib
ind,
SW-D
ruck
Nor
mal
papi
erw
eiß
80g/
m2